Oracle Database Master Index: C
11g Release 1 (11.1)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- C and C++
-
- debugging DLLs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- differences from PL/SQL (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- C API (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C API for XML (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- C clause
-
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Language Reference)
- C compiler
-
- requirement (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- C compile-time environment on UNIX
-
- setting up (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C components
-
- demos (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- directory structure (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- globalization support
- installation (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- runtime environment on Windows (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- samples (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setting up Windows environment (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- setting up Windows environment variables (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- with Visual C/C++ on Windows (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C datatypes
-
- manipulating with OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- C environment variables on UNIX (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C external subprograms
-
- global variables in (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- interface between PL/SQL and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- invoking (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- loading (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- passing parameters to (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- service routines and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- C language
-
- examples (using OCI) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- C libraries
-
- contents (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C method
-
- mapping to an object type (SQL Language Reference)
- C number format mask (Globalization Support Guide)
- C package methods
-
- XML_ACCESS_CLOSE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ACCESS_OPEN_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ACCESS_READ_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ALLOC_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ERRMSG_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_FREE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_CLOSE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_OPEN_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_READ_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_WRITE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XmlAccess in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlCreate in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlCreateDocument in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlCreateDTD in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDestroy in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDiff in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDiff in package XmlDiff (XML C API Reference)
- XMLDOM_ACCEPT_NODE_F in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomAppendChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomAppendData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCleanNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCloneNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateCDATA in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateComment in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateElem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateElemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateEntityRef in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateFragment in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateNodeIter in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreatePI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateRange in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateText in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateTreeWalker in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomDeleteData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomFreeNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomFreeNodeList in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomFreeString in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrLocal in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrLocalLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrName in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNameLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNodeNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrPrefix in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrs in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrSpecified in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrURILen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrValueLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetBaseURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetCharData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetCharDataLength in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetChildNodes in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetChildrenByTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetChildrenByTagNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDecl in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDefaultNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElemByID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElemsByTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElemsByTagNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTD in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDEntities in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDInternalSubset in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDName in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDNotations in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDPubID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDSysID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetElemsByTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetElemsByTagNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntityNotation in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntityPubID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntitySysID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntityType in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetFirstChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetFirstPfnsPair in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetLastChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetLastError in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNamedItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNamedItemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNextPfnsPair in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNextSibling in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeListItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeListLength in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeLocal in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeLocalLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeMapItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeMapLength in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeName in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeNameLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodePrefix in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeType in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeURILen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeValueLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNotationPubID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNotationSysID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetOwnerDocument in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetOwnerElem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetParentNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPIData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPITarget in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPrevSibling in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPullNodeAsBinaryStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPullNodeAsCharacterStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPushNodeAsBinaryStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPushNodeAsCharacterStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSchema in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSourceEntity in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSourceLine in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSourceLocation in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasAttrs in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasChildNodes in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomImportNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomInsertBefore in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomInsertData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIsSchemaBased in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIterDetach in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIterNextNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIterPrevNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomNormalize in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomNumAttrs in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomNumChildNodes in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomPrefixToURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeClone in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeCloneContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeCollapse in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeCompareBoundaryPoints in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeDeleteContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeDetach in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeExtractContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetCollapsed in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetCommonAncestor in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetDetached in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetEndContainer in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetEndOffset in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetStartContainer in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetStartOffset in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeIsConsistent in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSelectNode in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSelectNodeContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetEnd in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetEndBefore in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetStart in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetStartAfter in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetStartBefore in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveAttrNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveNamedItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveNamedItemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomReplaceChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomReplaceData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSaveString in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSaveString2 in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrNodeNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetBaseURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetCharData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetDefaultNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetDocOrder in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetDTD in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetLastError in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNamedItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNamedItemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodePrefix in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodeValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodeValueLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodeValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetPIData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetPullNodeAsBinaryStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetPullNodeAsCharacterStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetPushNodeAsBinaryStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetPushNodeAsCharacterStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSplitText in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSubstringData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSync in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomValidate in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerFirstChild in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerGetCurrentNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerGetRoot in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerLastChild in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerNextNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerNextSibling in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerParentNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerPrevNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerPrevSibling in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerSetCurrentNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerSetRoot in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvCleanPPCtx in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvCreatePPCtx in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvCreateSVCtx in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvDestroyPPCtx in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvDestroySVCtx in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrCount in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclBody in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclBody0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclCount in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclElName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclElName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclLocalName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclLocalName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclPrefix in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrDeclPrefix0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrID in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrLocalName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrLocalName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrPrefix in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrPrefix0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrURI in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrURI0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrUriID in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrValue in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetAttrValue0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetElDeclContent in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetElDeclContent0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetEncoding in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetError in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetLocalName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetLocalName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetLocation in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetName in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetName0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPEisGen in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPERepl in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPERepl0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPIData in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPIData0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPITarget in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPITarget0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPrefix in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPrefix0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPubId in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetPubId0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetSysId in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetSysId0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetTagID in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetTagUriID in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetText in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetText0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetUENdata in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetUENdata0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetURI in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetURI0 in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvGetVersion in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvIsEncodingSpecified in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvIsStandalone in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvLoadPPDoc in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvNamespaceAttr in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvNext in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvNextTag in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlEvSchemaValidate in package Event (XML C API Reference)
- XmlFreeDocument in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlGetEncoding in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlHasFeature in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlHash in package XmlDiff (XML C API Reference)
- XmlIsSimple in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlIsUnicode in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlLoadDom in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlLoadSax in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlLoadSaxVA in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlPatch in package XmlDiff (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaveDom in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxAttributeDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxCDATA in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxCharacters in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxComment in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxElementDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxEndDocument in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxEndElement in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxNotationDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxParsedEntityDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxPI in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxStartDocument in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxStartElement in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxStartElementNS in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxUnparsedEntityDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxWhitespace in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxXmlDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaClean in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaCreate in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaDestroy in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaErrorWhere in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaLoad in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaLoadedList in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaSetErrorHandler in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaSetValidateOptions in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaTargetNamespace in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaUnload in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaValidate in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaVersion in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddBodyElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddFaultReason in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddFaultSubDetail in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddHeaderElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCall in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCreateConnection in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCreateCtx in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCreateMsg in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapDestroyConnection in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapDestroyCtx in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapDestroyMsg in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapError in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetBody in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetBodyElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetEnvelope in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetFault in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetHeader in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetHeaderElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetMustUnderstand in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetReasonLang in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetReasonNum in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetRelay in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetRole in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapHasFault in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetFault in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetMustUnderstand in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetRelay in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetRole in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlVersion in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathCreateCtx in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathDestroyCtx in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathEval in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectBoolean in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectFragment in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectNSetNode in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectNSetNum in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectNumber in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectString in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectType in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathParse in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPointerEval in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetNode in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetPoint in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetRange in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetType in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocSetFree in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocSetGetItem in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocSetGetLength in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocToString in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslCreate in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslDestroy in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetBaseURI in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetOutput in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetStylesheetDom in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetTextParam in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslProcess in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslResetAllParams in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputDom in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputEncoding in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputMethod in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputSax in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputStream in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetTextParam in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XMLXVM_DEBUG_F in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileBuffer in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileFile in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileXPath in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCreate in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCreateComp in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmDestroy in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmDestroyComp in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmEvaluateXPath in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetBytecodeLength in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectBoolean in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectNSetNode in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectNSetNum in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectNumber in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectString in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectType in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetOutputDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmResetParams in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBaseURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBytecodeBuffer in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBytecodeFile in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBytecodeURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetDebugFunc in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputEncoding in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputSax in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputStream in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetTextParam in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformBuffer in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformFile in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- C packages
-
- Callback (XML C API Reference)
- DOM (XML C API Reference)
- Event (XML C API Reference)
- Range (XML C API Reference)
- SAX (XML C API Reference)
- Schema (XML C API Reference)
- SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDiff (XML C API Reference)
- XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- C prefix (sqlj -C-x) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- C preprocessor
-
- directives supported by Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- how used in Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C runtime environment on UNIX (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C shell
-
- default user startup file (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- DISPLAY (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- ORACLE_HOME (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- setting shell limits (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- setting shell limits on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux)
- TMP (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- C structs
-
- generating for a REF (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C types of collection attributes (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C variable in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C# (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- connection string (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- example (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- C++ (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C++ applications (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- C++ class generator (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C++ interface (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C++ packages
-
- Ctx (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom (XML C++ API Reference)
- IO (XML C++ API Reference)
- OracleXml (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP (XML C++ API Reference)
- Tools (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPointer (XML C++ API Reference)
- Xsl (XML C++ API Reference)
- C++, See Pro*C/C++ precompiler
- C, See OCI
- C_declaration (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CA ERwin
-
- importing designs from (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- cache (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- dictionary (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- partition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- See also TopoMap objects
- statistics (Reference)
- TopoMap object associated with (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CACHE /NOCACHE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CACHE clause (Concepts)
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Language Reference)
- Cache Directory (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- cache files, remote crawler (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cache functions
-
- server round trips (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Cache Fusion
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- and e-commerce applications (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- communication (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- definition of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- mechanism (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- overview (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CACHE hint (SQL Language Reference)
- CACHE option
-
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- cache option (sqlj -cache) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CACHE parameter
-
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- cache parameters (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CACHE READS clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- cache size (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CACHE statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- cache, client result (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cache, query result (Concepts)
- cached cursors
-
- execution plan for (SQL Language Reference)
- cached sequence numbers
-
- Export (Utilities)
- CachedRowSet (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caches
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- buffer
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- multiple buffer pools (Administrator's Guide)
- cache hit (Concepts)
- cache miss (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- location of (Concepts)
- library cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- object cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- object views (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- private SQL area (Concepts)
- See OLAP session cache
- sequence numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- shared SQL area (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- CacheType
-
- connection string attribute for rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- caching
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- regions (Application Express User's Guide)
- caching documents (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- caching online checker results (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caching statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caching, client-side
-
- custom use for scrollable result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle use for scrollable result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calc_remuneration() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- calcCompressionRatio function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- calcRasterNominalSize function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- calcRasterStorageSize function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- calculated measures
-
- creating (OLAP User's Guide)
- defined (OLAP User's Guide)
- calculated members
-
- adding to dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
- identifying (OLAP DML Reference)
- calculating a linear regression (OLAP DML Reference)
- calculating moving averages (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- calculating relative contributions (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- calculation templates (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- calculations
-
- free-form (OLAP User's Guide)
- in queries (OLAP User's Guide)
- nested (OLAP User's Guide)
- calendar
-
- adding to a page (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding to new page (Application Express User's Guide)
- converting Easy to SQL (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating a column link (Application Express User's Guide)
- creating a day link (Application Express User's Guide)
- defining calendar interval (Application Express User's Guide)
- defining display attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Easy Calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing title (Application Express User's Guide)
- formatting (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL Calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- supported substitution strings (Application Express User's Guide)
- types (Application Express User's Guide)
- upgrading (Application Express User's Guide)
- calendar attributes
-
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Calendar Display (Application Express User's Guide)
- Column Link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Day Link (Application Express User's Guide)
- Display Attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- calendar template (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- Comments (Application Express User's Guide)
- Daily Calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- Monthly Calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- Name (Application Express User's Guide)
- Template Subscription (Application Express User's Guide)
- Weekly Calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- Calendar Utility (Globalization Support Guide)
- calendaring expressions (Administrator's Guide)
- CALENDARPRINT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- calendars
-
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- CALENDARWEEK option (OLAP DML Reference)
- CALIBRATE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CALIBRATE_IO Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CALL
-
- SQL statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- call
-
- a CICS or IMS transaction (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DB2 stored procedure (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- empproc stored procedure (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- managing resources across calls (Java Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Call Interfaces (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- PL/SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- static fields (Java Developer's Guide)
- stored procedure
-
- creating a synonym to maintain location transparency (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- using standard Oracle PL/SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- to stored procedure
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CALL command (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CALL correspondence
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- call correspondence order restrictions
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- call memory (Java Developer's Guide)
- CALL procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- call spec (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- call spec. See call specifications
- call specification (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- defining (Java Developer's Guide)
- mapping data types (Java Developer's Guide)
- object type (Java Developer's Guide)
- packaged (Java Developer's Guide)
- top-level (Java Developer's Guide)
- understanding (Java Developer's Guide)
- call specifications
-
- for external subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in procedures (SQL Language Reference)
- locations of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- of CREATE PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Language Reference)
- CALL SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CALL statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CALL syntax for stored procedures (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- call() (XML C++ API Reference)
- call_spec (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- callable statement
-
- getting a BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using getOracleObject() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- with arrays as parameters (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- callback
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- restrictions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Callback class
-
- act method (Java Developer's Guide)
- callback link (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Callback package for C (XML C API Reference)
- callback procedures
-
- C (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Callback Restrictions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- callback support (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- callback, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- callback, user exit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- callbacks
-
- dynamic registrations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for LOB operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for reading LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for writing LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- from external procedures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB streaming interface (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter modes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- registration for Transparent Application Failover (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- user-defined functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Calling Java from PL/SQL (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- calling stored functions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calling stored procedures (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calling subprograms
-
- from subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- see invoking subprograms
- through embedded PL/SQL gateway (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- callouts
-
- how they are run (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- calls
-
- inter-language (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- limiting CPU time for (SQL Language Reference)
- limiting data blocks read (SQL Language Reference)
- Oracle call interface (Concepts)
- remote procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- resolving subprogram (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- calls to runtime, generated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CALLTYPE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- CALS image format (Multimedia Reference)
- calss
-
- loader (Java Developer's Guide)
- CAN_REDEF_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Cancel key (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- cancel query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- cancel() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CANCEL_ANALYSIS_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL_DIAGNOSIS_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL_REPLAY Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CANCEL_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL_TUNING_TASK procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- canceling cursors (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- canceling OCI calls (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- canceling RMAN commands (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cancelling
-
- SQL statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cancelling a cursor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cancelRowUpdates() method (result set) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cancel-based media recovery (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cannot serialize access (Concepts)
- canonical equivalence (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- canonical forms (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CANONICALIZE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cantaloupe dispenser (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- capabilities of DRDA server, native semantics (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- capacity
-
- increasing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- capacity planning
-
- space management
-
- capacity planning (Administrator's Guide)
- capacity, managing in disk groups (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- Caption property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- capture (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- capture processes (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- explicit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- synchronous captures (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- capture avoidance rule (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- capture errors
-
- recovering from (Data Warehousing Guide)
- capture parameter
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- capture process
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- altering (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- applied SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- architecture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- automatic restart (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- best practices
-
- batch processing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuration (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary build (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- operation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- prepare for instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- builder server (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- building a Streams data dictionary (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- capture user (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- secure queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured LCRs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- changes captured (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- DDL changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DML changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- NOLOGGING keyword (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- UNRECOVERABLE clause for SQL*Loader (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- UNRECOVERABLE SQL keyword (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checkpoints (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- managing retention time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- retention time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- combined capture and apply (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- query to determine (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- configuring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- in-flight transactions (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- data types captured (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBID (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_CAPTURE_ADM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- downstream capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- advantages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- database link (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- database link (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring remote access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- dropping (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- first SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- global name (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- instantiation
-
- aborting database preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting schema preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting table preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a database for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a schema for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a table for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- interoperation with apply processes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency
-
- capture to apply (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo log scanning (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- local capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- advantages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- log sequence number
-
- resetting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- LogMiner (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- data dictionary (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- multiple sessions (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- applied SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- compatible tables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- downstream capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- elapsed time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- last redo entry (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- message creation time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- old log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- registered log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- registered log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule evaluations (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- state change time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- online redefinition (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parallelism
-
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- disable_on_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disable_on_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- downstream_real_time_mine (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- maximum_scn (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- message_tracking_frequency (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- startup_seconds (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace_level (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- write_alert_log (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL state (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- persistent status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- preparer servers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- reader server (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Recovery Manager (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- flash recovery area (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo logs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- adding manually (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- missing files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo transport services (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- RESTRICTED SESSION (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule evaluation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule sets
-
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining global (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining subset (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting parameters (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE initialization parameter (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- start SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- starting (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- states (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- statistics (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- stopping (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- supplemental logging (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- managing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- switching to (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYS schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYSTEM schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transformations
-
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transparent data encryption (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- checking progress (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- virtual columns (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture user
-
- capture process (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- synchronous capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CAPTURE_CURSOR_CACHE_SQLSET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- captured LCRs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capturing and replaying database workload (Upgrade Guide)
- cardinality (Concepts)
-
- degree of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CARDINALITY column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CARDINALITY function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CARDINALITY operator
-
- for nested tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- carriage returns (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Cartesian coordinates (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- cartesian joins (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Cartesian products (SQL Language Reference)
- cartographic text (annotation text) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- cartography
-
- description (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- cartridge functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cartridge, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CASCADE actions
-
- DELETE statements and (Concepts)
- CASCADE clause
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP USER (SQL Language Reference)
- when dropping unique or primary keys (Administrator's Guide)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS clause
-
- of DROP CLUSTER (SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- of DROP VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of REVOKE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CASCADE parameter (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- CASCADE_FLAG column (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- cascaded destinations
-
- role transitions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cascading invalidation (Concepts)
- cascading revokes (Security Guide)
- cascading style sheets
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- exporting (Application Express User's Guide)
- importing (Application Express User's Guide)
- referencing for SVG charts (Application Express User's Guide)
- referencing in page template (Application Express User's Guide)
- referencing inline (SVG charts) (Application Express User's Guide)
- searching for (Application Express User's Guide)
- uploading (Application Express User's Guide)
- using custom (Application Express User's Guide)
- viewing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cascading Style Sheets, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- case (Globalization Support Guide)
- case differences
-
- distributed databases (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- CASE expressions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- searched (SQL Language Reference)
- simple (SQL Language Reference)
- case ID (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- case of object names (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- case option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- case option (JPublisher -case) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CASE OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Case rules (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- case rules (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- case sensitivity
-
- for passwords (Upgrade Guide)
- identifier (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- string literal (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- case sensitivity in program names, option names, and values (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case sensitivity, databases (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- CASE statement
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- searched (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- case statement in programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- Case studies (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- case table (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- CASE_NOT_FOUND exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- case1.sql (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- case-insensitive linguistic sort (Globalization Support Guide)
- case-insensitivity (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive
-
- ABOUT queries (Text Reference)
- ABOUT query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- thesaurus (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters
-
- in names of executables (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in package and procedure names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive index
-
- creating (Text Reference)
- case-sensitive SQL UDT names (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- case-sensitivity
-
- column name mapping (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CASS reporting (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- CAST (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CAST function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- MULTISET parameter (SQL Language Reference)
- CAST_FROM_BINARY_DOUBLE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_FROM_BINARY_FLOAT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_FROM_BINARY_INTEGER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_FROM_NUMBER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_BINARY_DOUBLE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_BINARY_FLOAT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_BINARY_INTEGER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_NUMBER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_NVARCHAR2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_RAW function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_VARCHAR2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- casting return values (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CAT synonym for USER_CATALOG view (Reference)
- catalog application (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- catalog arguments (DatabaseMetaData) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CATALOG command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- START WITH parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CATALOG view (Reference)
- catalog views (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- v$temporary_lobs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- catalog views, Preface (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- CATALOG.SQL script (Reference)
-
- creating V$ views (Reference)
- catalog.sql script
-
- preparing database for Export and Import (Utilities)
- catalog-based roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CATAUDIT.SQL script
-
- audit trail records created by (Reference)
- audit trails for connections and disconnections (Reference)
- auditing characteristics described by (Reference)
- CATBLOCK.SQL script (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- catching routine (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
-
- example (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CATCLUST.SQL script
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- using to create views for Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- catclustdb.sql script (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CATDWGRD.SQL script (Reference)
- catdwgrd.sql script (Upgrade Guide)
- categorical (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CATEGORIZE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- catexp.sql script
-
- preparing database for Export and Import (Utilities)
- CATEXP7.SQL script (Reference)
- CATHS.SQL script (Reference)
- CATIO.SQL script (Reference)
- CATJAVA.SQL script (Reference)
- catldr.sql script
-
- preparing for direct path loads (Utilities)
- CATNOADT.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOAUD.SQL script (Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- audit trail views, deleting with (Security Guide)
- CATNOHS.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOPRT.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOSVM.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNSNMP.SQL script (Reference)
- CATOCTK.SQL script (Reference)
- CATPROC.SQL script (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- catproc.sql script (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CATQUEUE.SQL script (Reference)
- CATRELOD.SQL script (Upgrade Guide)
- CATREP.SQL script (Reference)
- CATSEARCH (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- creating index for (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- operators (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CATSEARCH condition (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CATSEARCH operator (Text Reference)
- CATSEARCH queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- catsem10i.sql script (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- catsem11i.sql script (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CATUPGRD.SQL script (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- catxlcr.sql (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- cause/action output for errors (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CC datetime format element (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CCITT compression
-
- Raw Pixel images and (Multimedia Reference)
- CCSID
-
- 65535 as the default for all tables created (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CCSID (coded character set identifiers), defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- code page mapping facility (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- codepage mapping facility (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- description (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- DRDA server, Globalization Support (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- external mapping to Oracle character sets supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CCSID (coded character set identifiers), defined (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- cd ASMCMD (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- CDA command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CDATA() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CDATA, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CDATASectionRef Interface
-
- CDATASectionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~CDATASectionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CDATASectionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CDS
-
- see Cell Directory Service
- CDS. See Cell Directory Services (CDS)
- CD-ROM drive requirements (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- CEIL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- cell coordinate system (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
-
- relationship to model coordinate system (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- cell data
-
- querying and updating (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- Cell Directory Services
-
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Cell Directory Services (CDS) external naming
-
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- Cell Name field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cell referencing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- cell_assignment (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- cell_reference_options (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- cellDepth keyword for storageParam (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CELLSPRINT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CENTER function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- center of gravity (centroid) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CENTER procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTERCLOSE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTERCLOSE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTEROPEN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTEROPEN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- central database management
-
- configuring (2 Day DBA)
- Central Inventory
-
- defined (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- central inventory (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- difference between central inventory and oraInventory (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- centralized naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- establishing a connection with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- centralized user management
-
- distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- centroid (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CENTROID function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- century (Concepts)
- century in date format (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- certificate (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- browser, using with Oracle Wallet Manager (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate authentication (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- certificate authority (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- certificate key algorithm
-
- Secure Sockets Layer (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- certificate revocation lists (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- manipulating with orapki tool (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- uploading to LDAP directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- where to store them (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate revocation status checking
-
- disabling on server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate validation error message
-
- CRL could not be found (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRL date verification failed with RSA status (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRL signature verification failed with RSA status (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Fetch CRL from CRL DP
-
- No CRLs found (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- OID hostname or port number not set (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificates for user and server authentication (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- certification, hardware and software (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CESU-8 compliance (Globalization Support Guide)
- CFG_GET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_REFRESH procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_UPDATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFS
-
- See cluster file system
- chain rules (Administrator's Guide)
- chain steps
-
- defining (Administrator's Guide)
- Chained mode (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- chained rows
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- eliminating from table, procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- listing (SQL Language Reference)
- of clusters (SQL Language Reference)
- CHAINED_ROWS table
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- used by ANALYZE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- chaining of rows (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- chains
-
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating jobs for (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping rules from (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- running (Administrator's Guide)
- setting privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- stalled (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- challenge-response authentication in RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CHANGE CATEGORY clause
-
- of ALTER OUTLINE (SQL Language Reference)
- CHANGE command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- AVAILABLE option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RESET DB_UNIQUE_NAME option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- UNCATALOG option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- change cycling
-
- avoidance
-
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- Change Data Capture (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- asynchronous
-
- Streams apply process and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Streams capture process and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- benefits for subscribers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- choosing a mode (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- effects of stopping on DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- latency (Data Warehousing Guide)
- location of staging database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- modes of data capture
-
- asynchronous AutoLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous Distributed HotLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous HotLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Oracle Data Pump and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing from database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- restriction on direct-path INSERT statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting up (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source database performance impact (Data Warehousing Guide)
- static data dictionary views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- supported export utility (Data Warehousing Guide)
- supported import utility (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- systemwide triggers installed by (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Change Data Capture publisher
-
- default tablespace for (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change data capture, synchronous (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE FAILURE command (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CHANGE functions and procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change notification
-
- ODP.NET support (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CHANGE NOTIFICATION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- change notification, Database Change Notification (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- change passwords
-
- for oracle-supplied accounts (Upgrade Guide)
- CHANGE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change requests (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- approving (Application Express User's Guide)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- Change Requests page (Application Express User's Guide)
- change sets
-
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- effects of disabling (Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing asynchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- valid combinations with change sources (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change sources
-
- asynchronous AutoLog Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous Distributed HotLog Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- database instance represented (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- HOTLOG_SOURCE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SOURCE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- valid combinations with change sets (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change tables
-
- adding a column to (Data Warehousing Guide)
- control columns (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping with active subscribers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- effect of SQL DROP USER CASCADE statement on (Data Warehousing Guide)
- exporting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- granting subscribers access to (Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging all in a named change set (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging all on staging database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging by name (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging of unneeded data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source tables referenced by (Data Warehousing Guide)
- tablespaces created in (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change vectors (Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE_EDGE_COORDS procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CHANGE_JOIN_POS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change_on_install default password (Security Guide)
- CHANGE_PASSWORD command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- CHANGE_PROPAGATION_SETS synonym for ALL_CHANGE_PROPAGATION_SETS view (Reference)
- CHANGE_PROPAGATIONS synonym for ALL_CHANGE_PROPAGATIONS view (Reference)
- CHANGE_SETS synonym for ALL_CHANGE_SETS view (Reference)
- CHANGE_SOURCES synonym for ALL_CHANGE_SOURCES view (Reference)
- CHANGE_TABLES synonym for ALL_CHANGE_TABLES view (Reference)
- CHANGEBYTES function (OLAP DML Reference)
- changeCellValue procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CHANGECHARS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- changed features (Data Guard Broker)
- CHANGEDRELATIONS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- CHANGEDVALIES function (OLAP DML Reference)
- changeFormatCopy procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CHANGEOWNER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHANGEPRIVILEGES Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- changes
-
- propagating through multiple BI environments (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- rolling out to the target schema (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- saving (OLAP User's Guide)
- changes in this release
-
- IBM DB2 Version 5.1 EBCDIC and ASCII Tables (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- IBM DB2/UDB supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle database dependencies (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- read-only support (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- ChangeWorkspaceType procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- change-value selection (Data Warehousing Guide)
- changing
-
- passwords (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- properties
-
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- protection mode
-
- of a database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- roles
-
- within the broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- See also editing
- see altering
- states
-
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a standby database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- changing a database ID (Utilities)
- changing a database name (Utilities)
- changing VIP addresses (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- channelOrder operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- channels
-
- allocating to shared server sessions (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- configure one RMAN channel for each Oracle RAC instance (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring during crosscheck or restore operations (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring for RMAN (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- channels, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- auxiliary (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring advanced options (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- generic (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- naming conventions (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Oracle RAC environment (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- parallel (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CHAR
-
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CHAR character semantics (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CHAR clause
-
- VARIABLE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- indexing (Text Reference)
- CHAR column, maximum width (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHAR columns
-
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- definition from DESCRIBE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- migrating to NCHAR columns (Globalization Support Guide)
- using setFixedCHAR() to match in WHERE (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR comparisons, blank padding (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR data type (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- CHAR data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CHAR datatype
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- blank-padded comparison semantics (Concepts)
- columns, specifying length of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- compared to VARCHAR2 datatype (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- converting to VARCHAR2 (SQL Language Reference)
- delimited form and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- differences with VARCHAR2 (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- external (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- increasing column length (Administrator's Guide)
- internal (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- reference
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- CHAR datatypes
-
- external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR length semantics (SQL Language Reference)
- CHAR_ARG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CHAR_MAP precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHAR_TO_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- character data
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- converting with CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- varying width (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- character data conversion
-
- database character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- character data scanning
-
- before character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- character datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- character encoding
-
- command line example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for messages (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for source (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- nonstandard (migrations on Windows) (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using native2ascii (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- character fields
-
- delimiters and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- determining length for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader datatypes (Utilities)
- character functions (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- character host variables
-
- as output variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- handling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- server handling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- types (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Character Large Object (CLOB) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- character large object, see CLOB
- character large objects (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- character large objects. See CLOB
- character length semantics
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- character literal. See text
- character literals
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- delimiters for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- in SQL statements (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- national (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Unicode (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- character rearrangement (Globalization Support Guide)
- character repertoire (Globalization Support Guide)
- character semantics (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER SET
-
- clause, client/server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- parameter description (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- parameter, description (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- character set
-
- AL16UTF16 (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- AL32UTF8 (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- choosing (Administrator's Guide)
- conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss
-
- during conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- detecting with Globalization Development Kit (Globalization Support Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing mixed (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- national (Globalization Support Guide)
- UTF8 (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- character set column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- character set conversion
-
- between OCI client and database server (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set conversion of Unicode (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set definition
-
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- guidelines for editing files (Globalization Support Guide)
- naming files (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set form (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set ID (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- getting the
-
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- See CSID parameter
- Unicode (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set migration
-
- CSALTER script (Globalization Support Guide)
- identifying character data conversion problems (Globalization Support Guide)
- postmigration tasks (Globalization Support Guide)
- scanning character data (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER SET parameter
-
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- Character Set Scanner (Installation Guide for Linux)
- character sets
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- AL16UTF16 (Globalization Support Guide)
- AL24UTFFSS (Globalization Support Guide)
- AL32UTF8 (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- and code page map facility (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- and codepage map facility (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ASCII (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Asian (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- CCSID (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- changing after database creation (Globalization Support Guide)
- Chinese (Text Reference)
- choosing (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a character set for a Unicode database (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a national character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- CLOB and NCLOB datatypes (Concepts)
- codepage (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- column lengths (Concepts)
- common (SQL Language Reference)
- conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- during Export and Import (Utilities)
- conversion using OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss (Globalization Support Guide)
- database, specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- defining (2 Day DBA)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- EBCDIC (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- eight-bit to seven-bit conversions
-
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- European (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- for net service name (Net Services Reference)
- globalization settings (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Heterogeneous Services (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- identifying for external tables (Utilities)
- ISO 8859 series (Globalization Support Guide)
- Japanese (Text Reference)
- Korean (Text Reference)
- Middle Eastern (Globalization Support Guide)
- migrating
-
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- migrating and the data dictionary (Globalization Support Guide)
- migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- multibyte (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- multibyte characters (SQL Language Reference)
- naming (Globalization Support Guide)
- national (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- NCHAR and NVARCHAR2 (Concepts)
- network, for keyword values (Net Services Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions on character sets used to express names (Globalization Support Guide)
- role names, multibyte characters in (Security Guide)
- role passwords, multibyte characters in (Security Guide)
- setting for use with RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- single-byte
-
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- specifying for database (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader conversion between (Utilities)
- supersets and subsets (Globalization Support Guide)
- support for (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- supporting different character repertoires (Globalization Support Guide)
- Unicode (Utilities)
- universal (Globalization Support Guide)
- UTFE (Globalization Support Guide)
- UTF-8 (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- character sets, PL/SQL Server Pages and (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- character snational (Globalization Support Guide)
- character string
-
- converting datatypes (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- performing operations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- character strings
-
- comparison rules (SQL Language Reference)
- exact matching (SQL Language Reference)
- external tables
-
- specifying bytes or characters (Utilities)
- fixed-length (SQL Language Reference)
- multibyte (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- national character set (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- variable length (SQL Language Reference)
- variable-length (SQL Language Reference)
- zero-length (SQL Language Reference)
- character strings, multi-byte (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARACTER subtype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- character type conversion
-
- error reporting (Globalization Support Guide)
- character values
-
- comparing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- character_datatypes (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- character_set_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CharacterData interface (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CharacterDataRef Interface
-
- appendData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- deleteData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- freeString() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getLength() (XML C++ API Reference)
- insertData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- replaceData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- substringData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- characters
-
- available in all Oracle database character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- context-sensitive (Globalization Support Guide)
- continuation (Text Reference)
- contracting (Globalization Support Guide)
- numeric group separators (Reference)
- numgroup (Text Reference)
- numjoin (Text Reference)
- printjoin (Text Reference)
- punctuation (Text Reference)
- representing as decimals (OLAP DML Reference)
- representing as hexadecimals (OLAP DML Reference)
- representing as Unicode (OLAP DML Reference)
- skipjoin (Text Reference)
- special (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying for newline (Text Reference)
- specifying for whitespace (Text Reference)
- startjoin and endjoin (Text Reference)
- user-defined (Globalization Support Guide)
- characters with special meaning
-
- in column data (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- in table or view (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- characters with special meaning in XML (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- characters() (XML C++ API Reference)
- characters, valid (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHARACTERSET parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- charactersets
-
- multibyte, LONG and LOB datatypes (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- character-length semantics (Utilities)
- character-set
-
- indexing mixed columns (Text Reference)
- character-set conversion
-
- with AUTO_FILTER (Text Reference)
- CHARARR Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHARF data type specifier
-
- using in TYPE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in VAR statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARF data type, external (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARF datat type specifier (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARF datatype (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CHARF datatype specifier (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- using in VAR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CHARF datatypes
-
- external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CHARLIST function (OLAP DML Reference)
- charset
-
- SQL*Plus Instant Client (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- charset attribute (Text Reference)
- charset column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- charset parameter (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- CHARSET_FILTER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- attributes for (Text Reference)
- mixed character-set example (Text Reference)
- chart
-
- Global Cache Block Access Latency (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CHARTOROWID function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- charts
-
- about Flash (Application Express User's Guide)
- about SVG (Application Express User's Guide)
- about wizards (Application Express User's Guide)
- altering display (Application Express User's Guide)
- asynchronous updates (Application Express User's Guide)
- Average Active Sessions (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- candlestick syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- Cluster Host Load Average (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- Database Throughput (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- dial chart syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- displaying in other languages (Application Express User's Guide)
- editing attributes (Application Express User's Guide)
- Flash (Application Express User's Guide)
- HTML chart (Application Express User's Guide)
- migrating all SVG charts to Flash (Application Express User's Guide)
- migrating SVG to Flash (Application Express User's Guide)
- monitoring information (Application Express User's Guide)
- multiple series syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- providing a SQL query (Application Express User's Guide)
- range syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- scatter syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- SQL query syntax (Application Express User's Guide)
- supported types (Application Express User's Guide)
- SVG chart (Application Express User's Guide)
- types (Application Express User's Guide)
- user-defined report example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- CHARZ
-
- external datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CHARZ data type (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARZ datatype (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- chatracter sets, multi byte (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- check action
-
- script timeout (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- check box (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- CHECK clause
-
- of constraints (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CHECK constraint
-
- triggers and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CHECK constraints
-
- compared to NOT NULL constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- designing (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- multiple (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- naming (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- when to use (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- check constraints (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- checking mechanism (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- multiple constraints on a column (Concepts)
- overriding disabling of (Utilities)
- subqueries prohibited in (Concepts)
- CHECK DATAFILES clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- check entry point
-
- resource action program (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Check for Updates feature (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- check source name against. public class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- check sources, expand resolution search (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Check TCP/IP client access rights option in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_CONTROL option
-
- and label update (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and labeling functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with other options (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- check_datafiles_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- check_diskgroup_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- check_interval attribute
-
- crs_profile example (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- description (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- -o flag for crs_profile (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CHECK_LABEL_CHANGE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_OBJECT procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_REPAIR package (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- finding extent of corruption (Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_PRIVILEGE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHECK_PRIVILEGE_ACLID Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHECK_READ function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_WRITE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- checker option (SQLCheckerCustomizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- checkerr() listing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- checkfilename option (sqlj -checkfilename) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHECKIN function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checking disk availability for ASM (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking distribution of the operating system (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking existence of the nobody user (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking if active (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- checking kernel parameters (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking Linux distribution (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking version of the operating system (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- checklist
-
- DRDA server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- tasks for creating physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tasks for creating standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CHECKOUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checkpoint (2 Day DBA)
- CHECKPOINT clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Language Reference)
- CheckPoint firewall (2 Day + Security Guide)
- checkpoint process (CKPT) (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- checkpoint retention
-
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- checkpoint_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- checkpoints
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- checkpoint interval (Reference)
- checkpoint process (CKPT) (Concepts)
- control files and (Concepts)
- DBWn process (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- forcing (SQL Language Reference)
- incremental (Concepts)
- retention time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- statistics (Reference)
- statistics on (Concepts)
- V$LOGSTDBY_PROGRESS view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CHECKPRIVILEGES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checkProperties( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #3] (Multimedia Reference)
- checksource option (sqlj -checksource) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHECKSUM command
-
- extended advanced networking (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CHECKSUM functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checksum operation
-
- block-by-block (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- checksums
-
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- redo log blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting parameters in Java (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support by OCI drivers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support by Thin driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- checkSysdataEntries function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CHGDFN command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CHGDIMS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- child cursor (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- child factors
-
- See factors
- child layer (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- child links
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- child node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- child nodes
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- child row (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- child rows
-
- deleting (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- child tables (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- child workspace (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- as alternative to creating savepoint (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- merging (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- refreshing (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- removing (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CHILDLOCK statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- Chinese
-
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- Chinese character sets supported (Text Reference)
- Chinese indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Chinese lexicon, modifying (Text Reference)
- Chinese text
-
- indexing (Text Reference)
- CHINESE_LEXER Attribute (Text Reference)
- CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER object (Text Reference)
- chmod command (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CHOOSE_DATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- choosing a character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a repository server (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- choosing between a Unicode database and Unicode datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing connection (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- choosing the device type
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- chown command (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CHR function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CHUNK (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CHUNK clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- CHUNK size (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- chunk size (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- and LOB storage properties (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- multiple of, to improve performance (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- chunking
-
- transactions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- chunking methods
-
- LONG RAW (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- ChunkSize
-
- connection string attribute for rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- CICS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- accessing IMS/DB data (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- accessing VSAM data (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ATTACHSEC parameter
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- installation verification
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- security options not supported by the gateway
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- transaction ID (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- verifying configuration
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CICS transaction (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CICS Transaction Server
-
- gateway starts communication with (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- CICS Transaction Server for z/OS
-
- authentication mechanism
-
- on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on all platforms (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring for the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP
-
- configuration verification (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuration verification (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- TP name length (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CINCR precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cipher block chaining mode (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cipher suites
-
- Secure Sockets Layer (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- circle
-
- creating polygon approximating (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- not supported with geodetic data or for projections (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CIRCLE_POLYGON function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CIRCUITS initialization parameter (Reference)
- circular dependencies
-
- XML schemas (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- circular reuse records (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Cisco firewall (2 Day + Security Guide)
- CITE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CITE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CJQ0 process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CKPT background process (Concepts)
- class
-
- attributes (Java Developer's Guide)
- auditing (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- dynamic loading (Java Developer's Guide)
- execution (Java Developer's Guide)
- hierarchy (Java Developer's Guide)
- inheritance (Java Developer's Guide)
- interpretation (Java Developer's Guide)
- loading (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- loading permission (Java Developer's Guide)
- marking valid (Java Developer's Guide)
- methods (Java Developer's Guide)
- name (Java Developer's Guide)
- publish (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolving dependencies (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolving reference (Java Developer's Guide)
- schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- shortened name (Java Developer's Guide)
- single inheritance (Java Developer's Guide)
- class attributes, Java STATIC (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Class Generator
-
- XML C++ (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Class Generator, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- class ID
-
- CLSID_OraOLEDB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Class interface
-
- forName method (Java Developer's Guide)
- class libraries (Multimedia User's Guide)
- class libraries, obtaining (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Class Library projects (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- class loading in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- class of secure transports parameters
-
- See COST parameters
- class schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- class schema object naming
-
- generated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loaded (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- classes (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- Agent class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- AnyData class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- BatchSQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bfile class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Blob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bytes class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Clob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Connection class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Consumer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Date class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Environment class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalDS class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalYM class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Listener class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Map class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Message class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Metadata class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- NotifyResult class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Number class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- PObject class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Producer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Ref class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- RefAny class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ResultSet class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- StatelessConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Statement class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Stream class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Subscription class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Timestamp class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- classes, extending (JPublisher User's Guide)
- classes, Java (2 Day DBA)
- ClassForName
-
- lookupClass method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- classForNameAndSchema method (Java Developer's Guide)
- classification (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- costs (Data Mining Concepts)
- Decision Tree (supervised) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- defined (Data Mining Concepts)
- one class (Data Mining Concepts)
- outliers (Data Mining Concepts)
- rule-based (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- simple, see rule-based classification
- supervised (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SVM (supervised) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- text mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- unsupervised
- use (Data Mining Concepts)
- classification application
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- classification models (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- building (Data Mining Concepts)
- classifying documents (Text Reference)
-
- clustering (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- ClassNotFoundException (Java Developer's Guide)
- CLASSPATH (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- XSQL Pages (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- classpath and path (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLASSPATH environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CLASSPATH environment variable, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLASSPATH Java variable
-
- setting (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- classpath option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- classpath option (sqlj -classpath) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLASSPATH, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- clause
-
- CHARACTER SET, client/server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- clauses
-
- AUTHID (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- BULK COLLECT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CHARACTER SET, client/server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CONNECT TO (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- GROUP BY, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- HAVING, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- LIMIT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- ORDER BY, SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL
-
- DELETE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- INSERT (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SELECT WHERE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- UPDATE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- USING (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- VALUES
-
- functions not allowed by DB2 (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- WHERE
-
- known restrictions, SQL limitations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL Set Clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- WHERE CURRENT OF CURSOR, known restrictions, SQL limitations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- clauses, SQLJ executable statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLB_GOAL_LONG (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLB_GOAL_SHORT (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cleansing
-
- addresses (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- names (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- CLEANUP command
-
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
- CLEANUP_FAILED procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CLEANUP_GATEWAY Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEANUP_INSTANTIATION_SETUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- in ATTRIBUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- BREAKS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCREEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Clear Data step (cube scripts) (OLAP User's Guide)
- CLEAR LEAVES command (OLAP User's Guide)
- CLEAR LOGFILE clause
-
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CLEAR Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR UNARCHIVED LOGFILES clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CLEAR_ALL_CONTEXT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_CONTEXT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_COOKIES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_EXPRSET_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_IDENTIFIER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PENDING_AREA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PLSQL_TRACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PROP_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CLEAR_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CLEAR_USED procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- clearBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearBindValues() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- clearDefines() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearing redo log files (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- CLEARKEYCOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- clearLocal( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- CLEARUPDATECOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- clearUpdateColumnNames() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CLI (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- clicks
-
- counting (Application Express User's Guide)
- client
-
- application environments and FAN (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- install JDK (Java Developer's Guide)
- set up environment variables (Java Developer's Guide)
- setup (Java Developer's Guide)
- client application development
-
- calling a TIP
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- customized TIPs for remote host transaction (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- declaring TIP variables (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- error handling
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- examples and samples (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- exchanging data (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- executing (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- granting execute authority (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- overriding TIP initializations (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- overview (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- preparation (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- remote host transaction types
-
- multi-conversational transactions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- one-shot transactions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- persistent transactions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- See also, index entries for each transaction type (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- requirements (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- initialize RHT for multi-conversational applications (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- initialize RHT using TIP initialization function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- initialize RHT using TIP initialization function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- repetitively exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- security considerations (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- terminating the conversation (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP and remote transaction program correspondence (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP CALL correspondence (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP content and purpose (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP DATA correspondence (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- TIP TRANSACTION correspondence
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- client application development for gateway using TCP/IP
-
- overview (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- client application development on gateway using TCP/IP
-
- preparing (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- client applications (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- client authentication in SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- client computers, preparation of (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- client configuration
-
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- load balancing requests among listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager address (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client connection
-
- stolen (2 Day + Security Guide)
- client connections
-
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- securing (Security Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client globalization settings (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- client guidelines (2 Day + Security Guide)
- client identifier (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- client identifiers
-
- about (Security Guide)
- global application context, independent of (Security Guide)
- client in publish-subscribe model
-
- definition of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- notifying (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- client load balancing
-
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Reference)
- client operating system
-
- character set compatibility with applications (Globalization Support Guide)
- Client Registration ID field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client result cache (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- client shared libraries (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- client software
-
- upgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- client static libraries (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- client static library, generating (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- client testing
-
- connectivity (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from 3GL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from applications (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from the operating system (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client tier, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- client troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CLIENT_ID_STAT_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_ID_STAT_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_ID_TRACE_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_ID_TRACE_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_IDENTIFIER USERENV attribute
-
- JDBC applications, setting for (Security Guide)
- See also USERENV namespace
- setting and clearing with DBMS_SESSION package (Security Guide)
- setting for applications that use JDBC (Security Guide)
- setting with OCI user session handle attribute (Security Guide)
- CLIENT_RESULT_CACHE_LAG initialization parameter (Reference)
- CLIENT_RESULT_CACHE_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
- CLIENT_RESULT_CACHE_STATS$ view (Reference)
- client/server applications (Performance Tuning Guide)
- client/server architectures
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- diagrammed (Concepts)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed processing in (Concepts)
- globalization support (Administrator's Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- program interface (Concepts)
- client/server model (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CLIENTCONTEXT namespace (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- clients
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- finding IP address with DVF.F$CLIENT_IP (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- in client/server architecture, definition (Concepts)
- integrated for FAN events (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- JDBC thick (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- JDBC thin (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Clients allowed to access field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Clients excluded from access field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client-server configurations (Upgrade Guide)
- client-server implementation of Warehouse Builder (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- client-side
-
- load balancing (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- client-side diagosability infrastructure (CRSD)
-
- alerts (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- client-side load balancing (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- client-side translation to run in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLIP_GEOM_SEGMENT function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CLIP_PC function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CLIP_TIN procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- clipping (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- geometric segment (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CLOB (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating and populating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- EMPTY_CLOB function (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- introduction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- getting from result set (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to callable statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to callable statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to prepared statement (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators, selecting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- manipulating data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB (Character Large Object) datatype (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CLOB and NCLOB data
-
- binding and defining in OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- Clob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CLOB class, See JDBC
- CLOB clause
-
- VARIABLE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- CLOB columns
-
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting maximum width (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval position (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval size (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB data type (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- CLOB data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CLOB datatype (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- transactional support (SQL Language Reference)
- CLOB storage of XML data
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CLOB support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB_ARG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CLOB_TABLE Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOB2FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOBs
-
- columns
-
- varying- width character data (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- creating indexes (Globalization Support Guide)
- datatype (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- varying-width columns (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- DBMS_LOB, offset and amount parameters in characters (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- modify using DBMS_LOB (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- opening and closing using JDBC (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- reading/examining with JDBC (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- using JDBC to modify (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CLOB-buffering, See JDBC
- clone databases
-
- mounting (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- Clone method, See Oracle Objects for OLE (OO4O)
- CLONE_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLONE_TABLESPACES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- clone.pl script
-
- cloning parameters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- environment variables (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- clone.pl script variables (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cloneContent() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CLONENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cloneNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- cloneRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- cloning
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #5] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #7] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- a database (Administrator's Guide)
- an Oracle home (Administrator's Guide)
- benefits (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- clone.pl script variables (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- creating Oracle Clusterware environments on Linux and UNIX (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS home (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS home to more nodes (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- deployment phase (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- log files (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Clusterware (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle home (Installation Guide for Linux)
- parameters passed to the clone.pl script (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- preparation phase (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- running $ORACLE_HOME/root.sh script (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- running orainstRoot.sh script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- running the CRS_home/root.sh script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setting CRS home (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setting ORACLE_BASE (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setting ORACLE_HOME (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setting ORACLE_HOME_NAME (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLOSE command
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- examples (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
- CLOSE CONNECTIONS command (Net Services Reference)
- CLOSE CURSOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE DATABASE LINK clause
-
- ALTER SESSION statement (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- close method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE statement
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- dependence on precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- disables cursor (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- disabling cursor variable
-
- closing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- close( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- close() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- for caching statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (DefaultContext) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (ExecutionContext) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (Oracle class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSE_ALL_CONNECTIONS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CONNECTION (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSE_CONNECTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CURSOR function (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- CLOSE_CURSOR Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CURSOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_ITERATOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE_PERSISTENT_CONN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_PERSISTENT_CONNS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- closeContext PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CLOSECONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSECURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- closed path
-
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- specifying for TSP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- closed paths
-
- checking for (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- closeSource( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- closest points
-
- SDO_CLOSEST_POINTS procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- closeWithKey() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closeWithKey() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing
-
- all open BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- BFILEs with CLOSE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- BFILEs with FILECLOSE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- cursors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- JMS Connection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message consumer (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- MessageProducer (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- closing a queue (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- closing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- closing objects
-
- application (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- closeAll method (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Connection (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DataHandler (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DataHandler.java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- employees.jsp (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- ResultSet (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Statement (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- closing windows (Administrator's Guide)
- closing, cursors (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CLR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CLR host (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CLRExtProc (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- clscrs_reslist resource list (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER macro (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- CLSD-1009 message
-
- resolving (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLSD-1011 message
-
- resolving (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLU synonym for USER_CLUSTERS view (Reference)
- clump (Text Reference)
- clump size in near operator (Text Reference)
- cluster
-
- definition of (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster ASM (Upgrade Guide)
- cluster centroid (Data Mining Concepts)
- CLUSTER clause
-
- of ANALYZE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- of TRUNCATE (SQL Language Reference)
- cluster configuration file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- cluster database
-
- installed configuration (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- topology (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Cluster Database Home Page (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Database Performance page
-
- Top Activity drill down menu (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster file system
-
- archiving parameter settings (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- archiving scenario (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- restore (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- storage in Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- storage option for data files (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- cluster file system (CFS)
-
- broker configuration files (Data Guard Broker)
- Cluster File System (CFS), Glossary (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- CLUSTER hint (SQL Language Reference)
- Cluster Host Load Average page
-
- cluster database performance (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster interconnect
-
- Cache Fusion communication (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- changing private network addresses (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster keys (Concepts)
- Cluster Managed Database Services Detail Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Managed Database Services Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Manager
-
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Cluster Manager (CSS)
-
- log files (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster name
-
- requirements for (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- cluster node membership
-
- managing with ocssd (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER NODE NAME parameter
-
- FAN, and matching database signature (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster nodes
-
- private node names (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- public node names (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- specifying uids and gids (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- virtual node names (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- cluster nodes name
-
- in clone.pl script (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Ready Services
-
- checking daemon status (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- crsd.bin process (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- upgrading (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- Cluster Ready Services (CRS)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- avoiding downtime during upgrades (High Availability Overview)
- debugging (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- described (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- resources managed (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- See Also Oracle Clusterware
- Cluster Ready Services (CSS). See Oracle Clusterware
- Cluster Ready Services Control (CRSCTL)
-
- description of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- see crsctl
- Cluster Ready Services Daemon
-
- log files (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster resources
-
- list of (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster restart
-
- upon ocssd failure (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster storage
-
- recording with OCR (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Synchronization Services
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- checking daemon status (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Cluster Synchronization Services (CSS) (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- debugging (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- purpose (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Verification Utility
-
- check postinstallation configuration (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- check preinstallation configuration (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- DBCA database creation stage readiness check (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- difference between runcluvfy.sh and cluvfy (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- hardware and operating system setup stage verification (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- location of trace files (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Oracle Clusterware configuration check (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- shared storage area check (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- use by OUI (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- user equivalency troubleshooting (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- verify node applications (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- verifying network connectivity (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- verifying OCR integrity (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- verifying readiness for database installation (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Cluster Verification Utility (CVU)
-
- commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- concepts (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- description of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- installation requirements (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- known issues (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- nodelist shortcuts (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- online Help system (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- performing tests (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- use during cloning (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- verbose mode (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- verifications
-
- cluster integrity (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- connectivity (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- installation (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- node comparisons and (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Clusterware component (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- storage (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- system requirements (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- user and permissions (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE initialization parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE parameter (Concepts)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCE initialization parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES initialization parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- CLUSTER_ID (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CLUSTER_ID function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- cluster_index_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECT interface
-
- specifying with OIFCFG (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS
-
- parameter (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS initialization parameter (Reference)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS parameter
-
- examples (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- recommendations for using (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_NODES parameter
-
- in clone.pl script (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_PROBABILITY (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CLUSTER_PROBABILITY function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CLUSTER_SET (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CLUSTER_SET function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- clustered ASM
-
- converting a single-instance ASM (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- clustered computer systems
-
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Concepts)
- clustered tables (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- clustering (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #9] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #10] (Text Reference)
- [entry #11] (Text Reference)
-
- KMEAN_CLUSTERING (Text Reference)
- text mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- types (Text Reference)
- CLUSTERING procedure (Text Reference)
- clustering types (Text Reference)
- clustering, see unsupervised classification
- clusters
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- allocating extents (Administrator's Guide)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- analyzing (Administrator's Guide)
- assigning tables to (SQL Language Reference)
- caching retrieved blocks (SQL Language Reference)
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- cloning
-
- important considerations (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- cluster keys (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- clustered tables (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- collecting statistics on (SQL Language Reference)
- columns for cluster key (Administrator's Guide)
- consolidating multiple databases in (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- creating through cloning (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating extents (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating unused extents (SQL Language Reference)
- definition (Concepts)
- degree of parallelism
-
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- when creating (SQL Language Reference)
- dictionary locks and (Concepts)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tables (SQL Language Reference)
- estimating space (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- extending Oracle Clusterware to more nodes (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- extents, allocating (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines for managing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- hash (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- contrasted with index (Concepts)
- single-table (SQL Language Reference)
- sorted (SQL Language Reference)
- sorted (SQL Language Reference)
- hash and scans of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- index
-
- contrasted with hash (Concepts)
- indexed (SQL Language Reference)
- indexes on (Concepts)
-
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- cannot be partitioned (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- installation guidelines (Installation Guide for Linux)
- key values
-
- allocating space for (SQL Language Reference)
- modifying space for (SQL Language Reference)
- keys (Concepts)
-
- affect indexing of nulls (Concepts)
- location (Administrator's Guide)
- migrated and chained rows in (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- overview of (Concepts)
- physical attributes
-
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- releasing unused space (SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- rowids and (Concepts)
- scans of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- See also Oracle Clusterware, Oracle Real Application Clusters
- selecting tables (Administrator's Guide)
- single-table hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- sorted hash (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL examples (SQL Language Reference)
- storage attributes
-
- changing (SQL Language Reference)
- storage characteristics, changing (SQL Language Reference)
- storage parameters of (Concepts)
- tablespace in which created (SQL Language Reference)
- truncating (Administrator's Guide)
- validating structure (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- clusters, creating indexes for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- Clusterware
-
- installed before Oracle Database (Installation Guide for Linux)
- clusterware diagnostics (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- clusterware management solution (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Clusterware. See Oracle Clusterware
- CLUSTERWIDE_DISTRIBUTED_TRANSACTIONS initialization parameter
-
- spanning XA transactions across Oracle RAC instances, Preface (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster-Ready Services (CRS) (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- cluvfy comp nodecon -n all (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CMADMIN (Connection Manager Administration) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN DISPATCHERS parameter
- CMAN session pools
-
- and FAN (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cman.ora file
-
- default values of parameters (Net Services Reference)
- diagnostic parameters
-
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Reference)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Reference)
- example (Net Services Reference)
- listening address section (Net Services Reference)
- log parameters
-
- ADR_BASE (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DIAG_ADR_ENABLED (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- EVENT_GROUP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- parameter list section (Net Services Reference)
- parameters
-
- ACT (Net Services Reference)
- ACTION_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ACTION_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ADDRESS (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ADDRESS (Net Services Reference)
- ASO_AUTHENTICATION_FILTER (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECTION_STATISTICS (Net Services Reference)
- DST (Net Services Reference)
- EVENT_GROUP (Net Services Reference)
- IDLE_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- MAX_CMCTL_SESSIONS (Net Services Reference)
- MAX_CONNECTIONS (Net Services Reference)
- MAX_GATEWAY_PROCESSES (Net Services Reference)
- MIN_GATEWAY_PROCESSES (Net Services Reference)
- OUTBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- PARAMETER_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PARAMETER_LIST (Net Services Reference)
- PASSWORD_instance_name (Net Services Reference)
- REMOTE_ADMIN (Net Services Reference)
- RULE (Net Services Reference)
- RULE_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- RULE_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SESSION_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SRC (Net Services Reference)
- SRV (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- rule list section (Net Services Reference)
- setting up (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace parameters
-
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cman.ora file parameters (Net Services Reference)
- CMAN.ORA file, creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CMAX precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CMDSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CMGW (Connection Manager Gateway) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMIN precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CNOWAIT precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COAD_ADVICE_REC type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COAD_ADVICE_T type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COALESCE clause
-
- for partitions (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Language Reference)
- COALESCE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- as a variety of CASE expression (SQL Language Reference)
- COALESCE PARTITION clause (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- COALESCE SUBPARTITION clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- coalesce_index_partition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- coalesce_table_partition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- coalesce_table_subpartition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- coalescing an index (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- coalescing extents (Concepts)
- coalescing free space
-
- extents
-
- SMON process (Concepts)
- within data blocks (Concepts)
- coalescing indexes
-
- costs (Administrator's Guide)
- COBDIR environment variable (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- COBOL (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- datatype conversion supported by PG DD and TIPs (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- lacks datatype for variable length data (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- PGAU interpretation of COBOL symbols (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- support for double byte character sets, PIC G datatypes (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- COBOL files
-
- selecting (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- COBOL versions supported (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL, See Pro*COBOL precompiler
- COBOL-74 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL-85 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBSQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CoCreateInstance
-
- creating an instance of the data source object (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- CODE
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- code
-
- database-resident (2 Day DBA)
- downloading samples (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- example programs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- list of demonstration programs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- code chart
-
- displaying and printing (Globalization Support Guide)
- code comments (OLAP DML Reference)
- code examples
-
- location (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- code fragments (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- CODE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- code generation
-
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle-specific vs. ISO standard (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translator -codegen option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code generation, Java
-
- generation of Java interfaces (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of non-SQLJ classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of SQLJ classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of toString() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- related options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- serializability of object wrappers (JPublisher User's Guide)
- subclasses for Java-to-Java transformations (JPublisher User's Guide)
- support for inheritance (JPublisher User's Guide)
- treatment of output parameters (JPublisher User's Guide)
- treatment of overloaded methods (JPublisher User's Guide)
- code generation, PL/SQL
-
- names of wrapper and dropper scripts (JPublisher User's Guide)
- related options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- specifying generation of wrapper functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- code groups
-
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ID, retrieving with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving value with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- code insight (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- code layers in profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CODE option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CODE OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- code page (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- code page map facility
-
- for data translation (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- code point (Globalization Support Guide)
- CODE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CODE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- code tracing (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Code Wizard
-
- using (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard Components (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard data types (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard examples (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard for stored procedures (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard for the PL/SQL Gateway sample application (Multimedia User's Guide)
- Code Wizard sample application (Multimedia User's Guide)
- CODE, parameter for APPLET tag (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CODEBASE, parameter for APPLET tag (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- codecs (compression and decompression schemes) (Multimedia User's Guide)
- codegen option (SQLJ -codegen) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- codepage map facility
-
- configuring support for character sets, known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- for data translation (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- supported by gateway (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- codepoint semantics (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- codes, URL status (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CodeSource class (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- equals method (Java Developer's Guide)
- implies method (Java Developer's Guide)
- coding area
-
- for paragraph names (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- coding conventions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- coding conventions, Preface (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- coding guidelines
-
- reserved words (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- coercion
-
- of data (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Cognos ReportNet (OLAP User's Guide)
- coherency
-
- of object cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- COL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COL view (Reference)
- cold cluster failover (High Availability Overview)
-
- Oracle Clusterware and Data Guard (High Availability Overview)
- with Oracle Clusterware (High Availability Overview)
- cold failover cluster
-
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- described (High Availability Overview)
- collating sequence (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collation
-
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- COLLECT clause
-
- with BULK (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- COLLECT function (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- COLLECT GET statement
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECT_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- collecting optimizer statistics (Upgrade Guide)
- collection
-
- in out-of-line tables (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- loading and retrieving large documents (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION APPEND statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- collection attribute (SQL) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- collection elements
-
- accessing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- modifying (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- collection exceptions
-
- when raised (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collection functions (SQL Language Reference)
- COLLECTION GET statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION GET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- collection layers (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- collection methods
-
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- usage (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collection object types
-
- handling (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- collection privilege - CREATE IN
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- collection privilege - CREATETAB
-
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- collection privilege - CREATETAB, DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- COLLECTION RESET statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION RESET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION SET statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION SET (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Collection Showcase (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- COLLECTION TRIM statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION TRIM (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- collection types (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- multilevel (SQL Language Reference)
- output (JPublisher User's Guide)
- representing in Java (JPublisher User's Guide)
- retrieving from the database (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- structs for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- VARRAY (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- collection, XML
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COLLECTION_IS_NULL exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- collections (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Utilities)
-
- about custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- accessing (Application Express User's Guide)
- adding members (Application Express User's Guide)
- allowed subscript ranges (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- and C (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- APEX_COLLECTION API (Application Express User's Guide)
- applying methods to parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- assigning (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- associative arrays and nested tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- autonomous access (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- avoiding exceptions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- bulk binding (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- choosing the type to use (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- clearing session state (Application Express User's Guide)
- comparing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constructing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constructors (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- COUNT method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Create Collection Wizard (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating collection types (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- data types
- datatypes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining types (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DELETE method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- deleting (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting members (Application Express User's Guide)
- deleting shortcuts in (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- determining status (Application Express User's Guide)
- DML on (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- DML on multilevel (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- DML statements that reference (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- element access (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- element types (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- EXISTS method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- EXTEND method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FIRST method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- FOR loops that reference (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- functions for manipulating (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fundamentals (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
-
- key compression (Concepts)
- initializing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- inserting rows into (SQL Language Reference)
- introduction to collection support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LAST method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- LIMIT method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- loading (Utilities)
- managing (Application Express User's Guide)
- manipulating (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- mapping to alternative classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
-
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- merging (Application Express User's Guide)
- methods (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- modifying retrieval method (SQL Language Reference)
- multi level (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- multilevel (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- constructing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- creating (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- creating with REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object views containing (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- naming (Application Express User's Guide)
- nested tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- NEXT method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OBJECT GET statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT SET statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- operators to transform nested tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- ORAData specifications (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- OraFields (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- ordered group of elements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PRIOR method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- querying (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- referencing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- referencing elements (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- scanning functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scope (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- See also varrays, nested tables
- SELECT statements that reference (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- specifying type mapping (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- substitutable elements (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- substituting in (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- supported data types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- table items (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- testing for empty (SQL Language Reference)
- testing for null (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- treating as a table (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- TRIM method (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- truncating (Application Express User's Guide)
- types in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- understanding (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- unnesting (SQL Language Reference)
-
- examples (SQL Language Reference)
- updating members (Application Express User's Guide)
- using object types with (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- variable arrays (VARRAYs) (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- VARRAYs (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- varrays (SQL Language Reference)
- varrays and nested tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- weak types, restrictions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- weak types, support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- working with (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- collections (nested tables and arrays) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- collections data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CollectionType property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- collection-typed values
-
- converting to datatypes (SQL Language Reference)
- collocated inline views
-
- tuning distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- COLOCATED_REFERENCE_FEATURES procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- colocation mining (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- colon
-
- use of with host variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- colons (:)
-
- bind variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- colorFrequenciesList internal helper type (Multimedia Reference)
- colormap
-
- alpha (opacity) value (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getting (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- getting table (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- pseudocolor information (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOR_COLORMAP object type (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- colorPositions internal helper type (Multimedia Reference)
- colorsList internal helper type (Multimedia Reference)
- COLS synonym for USER_TAB_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- COLSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column
-
- changing format (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- creating (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- date columns, TO_DATE function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle ROWID
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- supported in a result set (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- column aliases
-
- expression values in a cursor loop (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- when needed (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- column array rows
-
- specifying number of (Utilities)
- COLUMN command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- ALIAS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in bottom titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in top titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering multiple (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_AFTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_BEFORE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADSEP character (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- JUSTIFY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEW_VALUE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEWLINE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOPRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OLD_VALUE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting a column to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing current date in variable for titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRUNCATED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WORD_WRAPPED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WRAPPED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column data
-
- special characters in (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- column definition
-
- editing (Application Express User's Guide)
- column definitions (types/sizes)
-
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer optcols option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ -optcols option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- column encryption (Administrator's Guide)
- column expressions (SQL Language Reference)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column headings
-
- aligning (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing character used to underline (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing to two or more words (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying on more than one line (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing printing in a report (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for CHAR and LONG columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for DATE columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for NUMBER columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Column Link (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
-
- defining Link Attributes (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- defining Link Text (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- column links (OLAP User's Guide)
- column list
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- in INSERT statements (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when permissible to omit (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- column lists (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column masking behavior (Security Guide)
-
- column specification (Security Guide)
- restrictions (Security Guide)
- column masking for VPD (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- column name
-
- restrictions on spatial column names (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- column names (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- column names, restrictions (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- column objects
-
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- conflict resolution
-
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- direct path loading of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- loading (Utilities)
-
- with user-defined constructors (Utilities)
- materialized views
-
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- versus row objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- column order
-
- indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- column parameter
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- column REF constraints (SQL Language Reference)
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- column separator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column sequences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
-
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- materialized views
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
-
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution methods (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column types
-
- defining (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- redefining (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supported for indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- column values
-
- unpivoting into rows (SQL Language Reference)
- column, ROWLABEL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- column_association (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- column_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- column_definition (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- COLUMN_NAME (in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA) (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- COLUMN_NAME column (in USER_SDO_GEOR_SYSDATA view) (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- column_properties (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE keyword (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- COLUMN_VALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE pseudocolumn (SQL Language Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE_LONG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COLUMNARRAYROWS parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- columnBlockNumber attribute of SDO_RASTER (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- ColumnExpression objects
-
- creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- columnProps attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- columns
-
- accessing in triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- adding (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- adding to master tables (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- aliases for (SQL Language Reference)
- altering storage (SQL Language Reference)
- assigning aliases (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- associating statistics with (SQL Language Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- basing an index on (SQL Language Reference)
- cardinality (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- character semantics (Advanced Replication)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ensuring data integrity with multiple (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- removing members from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- comments on (SQL Language Reference)
- computing summary lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying values between tables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating comments about (SQL Language Reference)
- decrypting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- default values for
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- setting (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- when to use (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- default width in reports (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (SQL Language Reference)
- deleting (2 Day DBA)
- described (Concepts)
- displaying information about (Administrator's Guide)
- displaying values in bottom titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying values in top titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping from a table (SQL Language Reference)
- encrypting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- exporting LONG datatypes (Utilities)
- formatting CHAR, VARCHAR, LONG, and DATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting in reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting MLSLABEL, RAW MLSLABEL, ROWLABEL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- generating derived values with triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- getting value from a report column (OLAP DML Reference)
- granting privileges for selected (Security Guide)
- granting privileges on (Security Guide)
- headings in a report (OLAP DML Reference)
- hidden (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- in reports (OLAP DML Reference)
- increasing length (Administrator's Guide)
- indexes on column objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- INSERT privilege and (Security Guide)
- integrity constraints (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- listing display attributes for all (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing display attributes for one (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing in an UPDATE trigger (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- listing users granted to (Security Guide)
- loading REF columns (Utilities)
- LOB
-
- storage attributes (SQL Language Reference)
- maximum in concatenated indexes (Concepts)
- maximum in view or table (Concepts)
- maximum number of (SQL Language Reference)
- metadata (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- modifying definition (Administrator's Guide)
- modifying existing (SQL Language Reference)
- multiline text (OLAP DML Reference)
- multiple foreign key constraints on (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- names in destination table when copying (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- normalizing column data (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- objects
-
- loading nested column objects (Utilities)
- stream record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- order of (Concepts)
- parent-child relationships between (SQL Language Reference)
- printing line after values that overflow (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privileges (Security Guide)
- prohibiting nulls in (Concepts)
- properties, altering (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- pseudo columns
-
- USER (Security Guide)
- pseudocolumns
-
- ROWID (Concepts)
- qualifying in queries (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- qualifying names in queries (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- qualifying names of (SQL Language Reference)
- REF
-
- describing (SQL Language Reference)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- reordering before Import (Utilities)
- resetting a column to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting all columns to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restricting values for (SQL Language Reference)
- revoking privileges on (Security Guide)
- setting printing to off or on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting to a constant value with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to a unique sequence number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to an expression value with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to null with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to the current date with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to the datafile record number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as PIECED
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as primary key (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying constraints on (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying default values (SQL Language Reference)
- specifying length of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- starting new lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storage properties (SQL Language Reference)
- storing values in variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitutable, identifying type (SQL Language Reference)
- suppressing display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- to index (Performance Tuning Guide)
- truncating display for all when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- truncating display for one when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- virtual (Administrator's Guide)
-
- adding to a table (SQL Language Reference)
- modifying (SQL Language Reference)
- virtual, creating (SQL Language Reference)
- virtual, indexing (Administrator's Guide)
- wrapping display for all when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping display for one when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping whole words for one (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- columns templates
-
- using JavaScript (Application Express User's Guide)
- columns types
-
- supported for CTXCAT index (Text Reference)
- supported for CTXRULE index (Text Reference)
- supported for CTXXPATH index (Text Reference)
- supported for indexing (Text Reference)
- columns, encrypted (Administrator's Guide)
- column-level VPD (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- colums, encrypted (Administrator's Guide)
- COLVAL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- COLWIDTH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- COM automation
-
- invoking (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL errors (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- COM Automation Objects (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- COM objects
-
- program ID (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- properties and methods (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- required information (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- viewing (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- COM, See Oracle Objects for OLE(OO4O)
- com81.dll (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- combined capture and apply (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- apply process
-
- query to determine (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- capture process
-
- query to determine (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stream paths (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- topology (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- comma, number format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMA_TO_TABLE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- command
-
- SET (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- command attribute (Text Reference)
- command files
-
- aborting and exiting with a return code (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with a system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with SAVE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in @ (at sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in EDIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in START command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including comments in (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one PL/SQL block (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one SQL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- nesting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- passing parameters to (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- registering (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running a series in sequence (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running as you start SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running in batch mode (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- uniform resource locator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command files, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- COMMAND function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- command interface
-
- RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- command line
-
- arguments for RMAN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- command line (translator)
-
- echoing without executing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax and arguments (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- command line options
-
- for Database Upgrade Assistant (Upgrade Guide)
- command prompt
-
- SET SQLPROMPT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command prompts
-
- suppressing from DGMGRL command-line interface output (Data Guard Broker)
- Command Rule Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Command Rule Configuration Issues Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command rules
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- audit event, custom (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- diagnosing behavior (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- editing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- example (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions
-
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL (utility) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- how command rules work (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- objects
-
- name (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- owner (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- performance effect (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- process flow (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets
-
- selecting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- used with (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See also rule sets
- troubleshooting
-
- general diagnostic advice (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- with auditing report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- views (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command termination
-
- in SQL Commands (Application Express User's Guide)
- COMMAND_REPLIES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CommandBehavior.SequentialAccess (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- commands
- [entry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- CHECKSUM (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- chmod (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- chown (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- cluvfy (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- collecting timing statistics on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- COPY
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- Oracle database to DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL*Plus command (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- disabled in schema (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- echo on screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- emca (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- EXECUTE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- executing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- EXPLAIN PLAN (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- fdisk (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- host, running from SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- id (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- INSERT
-
- known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- not supported (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- iostat (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- limit (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- lsdev (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- lsps (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- mkdir (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- orapwd (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- parameters (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- passwd (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- preparing (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- ps (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- raw (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- re-enabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ROLLBACK (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- rpm (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- runcluvfy.sh (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- sar (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- service (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- spaces (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- SQL
-
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering without executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- following syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- saving current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting character used to end and run (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus
-
- command summary (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering during SQL command entry (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- obsolete command alternatives (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stopping while running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- su (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- swap (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- swapinfo (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- swapon (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- sysctl (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- tabs (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- types of (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ulimit (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- umask (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- useradd (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #6] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #7] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- variables that affect running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- vmo (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- vmstat (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- xhost (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- xterm (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- commands, passing to database (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- commands, Recovery Manager
-
- @ (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- @@ (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- ADVISE FAILURE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL FOR MAINTENANCE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- archivelogRecordSpecifier clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- BACKUP (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #10] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #11] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #12] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #13] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #14] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #15] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #16] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #17] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #18] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #19] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #20] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #21] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #22] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #23] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #24] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #25] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #26] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #27] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #28] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #29] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #30] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #31] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #32] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #33] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #34] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #35] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #36] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #37] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #38] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #39] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #40] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #41] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #42] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #43] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #44] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #45] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #46] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #47] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #48] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #49] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #50] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #51] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #52] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #53] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #54] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #55] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #56] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #57] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #58] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #59] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #60] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #61] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #62] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #63] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #64] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #65] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #66] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #67] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #68] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #69] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- PROXY ONLY option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PROXY option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- BACKUP CURRENT CONTROLFILE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- canceling (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CHANGE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CHANGE FAILURE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- completedTimeSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CONFIGURE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CONNECT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- connectStringSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CONVERT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CREATE CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CREATE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CROSSCHECK (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DELETE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DELETE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- deprecated (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DROP CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DROP DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DUPLICATE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- EXECUTE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- EXIT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- fileNameConversionSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FLASHBACK (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FLASHBACK DATABASE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- GRANT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- HOST (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- how RMAN interprets (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- IMPORT CATALOG (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- LIST (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- listObjList clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- MAXSETSIZE (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- piping (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- PRINT SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- QUIT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- recordSpec (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RECOVER (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- REGISTER (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RELEASE CHANNEL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REPAIR FAILURE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- REPLACE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- REPORT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- NEED BACKUP option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RESET DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RESTORE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RESYNC CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- FROM CONTROLFILECOPY option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- REVOKE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RUN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SEND (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SET (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SHOW (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SHUTDOWN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SPOOL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SQL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- STARTUP (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- summary (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SWITCH (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- terminating (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- TRANSPORT TABLESPACE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- UNREGISTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- untilClause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- UPGRADE CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- VALIDATE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- commands, SQL*Plus
-
- RECOVER
-
- UNTIL TIME option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- SET (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- command-line
-
- configuring globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- installing help (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command-line interface
-
- broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- changing face and size (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- oraxml (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- See Data Guard command-line interface (DGMGRL)
- command-line interpreter
-
- ADR Command-Line Interpreter (ADRCI) (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- ADR Command-Line Interpreter (ADRCI), Preface (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- command-line option value lists (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command-line options
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters in (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- specifying an option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- whitespace used in (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command-line options see options
- command-line syntax (JPublisher User's Guide)
- COMMAS option (OLAP DML Reference)
- COMMENT (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- comment (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMENT ANY MINING MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- COMMENT ANY MINING MODEL system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- COMMENT ANY MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- COMMENT ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- COMMENT clause
-
- of COMMIT (SQL Language Reference)
- of COMMIT statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using with transactions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- COMMENT clause, of COMMIT command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMENT command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMENT function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- comment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_MVIEW_REPSITES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPSITES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_UNIQUE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CommentRef Interface
-
- CommentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~CommentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CommentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Comments
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- restrictions in PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- comments
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- adding to objects (SQL Language Reference)
- adding to problem activity log (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI SQL-style (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI-style (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- associating with a transaction (SQL Language Reference)
- code (OLAP DML Reference)
- comments field
-
- updating in views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- C-style (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- dropping from objects (SQL Language Reference)
- embedded SQL statements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in embedded SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in Export and Import parameter files (Utilities)
- in PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in SQL statements (SQL Language Reference)
- including in command files (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including in scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- not allowed in a configuration file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- on indextypes (SQL Language Reference)
- on operators (SQL Language Reference)
- on schema objects (SQL Language Reference)
- on table columns (SQL Language Reference)
- on tables (SQL Language Reference)
- PL/I-style (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- removing from the data dictionary (SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- specifying (SQL Language Reference)
- SQL-style (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- using /*...*/to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using -- to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- viewing (SQL Language Reference)
- which allowed (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- with external tables (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- Comments attribute (Application Express User's Guide)
- comments in configuration files (Net Services Reference)
- comments in dynamic PL/SQL blocks (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- comments in PL/SQL Server Pages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- comments in programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- comments in RMAN commands (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- comments in RMAN syntax (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- COMMIT (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- restrictions (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- commit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- all operations in JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- asynchronous (SQL Language Reference)
- automatic (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- automatic vs. manual (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- effect on iterators and result sets (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- explicit versus implicit (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- function of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- in object applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- manual (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- modifying auto-commit in existing connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- one-phase for global transactions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- specifying auto-commit in new connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- transaction (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- two-phase for global transactions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- commit a distributed transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit changes to database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- WHENEVER OSERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT command (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending a transaction (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- user responsibility (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- COMMIT command, restrictions (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- COMMIT comment
-
- deprecation of (Concepts)
- COMMIT COMMENT statement
-
- used with distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- commit confirm protocol (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- COMMIT IN PROCEDURE clause
-
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Language Reference)
- COMMIT parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- commit phase (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- in two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- Commit point site (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
-
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- determining (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- how the database determines (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point strength
-
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- COMMIT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT processing (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- COMMIT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- COMMIT statement
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Concepts)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #10] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #11] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- effect of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- effects (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ending a transaction (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- fast commit (Concepts)
- FORCE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- implied by DDL (Concepts)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RELEASE option in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- two-phase commit (Concepts)
- two-phase commit and (Administrator's Guide)
- using in a PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL block (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- where to place (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- commit strategies
-
- committing multiple mappings (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- committing to multiple targets (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- in Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER TO PRIMARY clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- commit transactions
-
- changes to XML data (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- commit() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT, restrictions (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- COMMIT_COMMENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT_CONFIRM (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- and PGA_CAPABILITY parameter (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- capability (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- COMMIT_FORCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT_LOGGING initialization parameter (Reference)
- COMMIT_POINT_STRENGTH initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- commit_switchover_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- COMMIT_TIMESTAMP$
-
- control column (Data Warehousing Guide)
- COMMIT_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- COMMIT_WAIT initialization parameter (Reference)
- COMMIT_WORK procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMIT_WRITE initialization parameter (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- COMMIT/ROLLBACK (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CommitDDL procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- commiting, transactions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CommitResolve procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- committed data
-
- instance failure (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- committing
-
- transactions (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- committing a transaction (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- committing transactions
- [entry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
- commit point site for distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- fast commit (Concepts)
- group commits (Concepts)
- implementation (Concepts)
- CommitTrans method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- commit-confirm (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- application design requirements (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- architecture (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- components (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- interactions (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- components (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- configuring (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- gateway initialization parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- gateway initialization parameters (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- OLTP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- logic flow (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
-
- step by step (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- Oracle Global Transaction ID (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- purpose (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- relation to two-phase commit (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- required components
-
- logging server (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- OLTP commit-confirm transaction log (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- OLTP forget/recovery transaction (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- OLTP transaction logging code (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- sample applications (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- supported OLTPs (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- transaction log (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- commit-confirm transactions (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- commit-time ordering
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- example (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- requirements (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Common Criteria (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- common environment
-
- setting (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- common joins (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Common Language Runtime (CLR) (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- COMMON NAME option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Common Object Request Broker API, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Common Oracle Runtime Environment, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- common tasks
-
- in data warehouses (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- COMMON_PARSER precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- communicating over a network (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- communication
-
- between databases in a Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- between mainframe and Oracle database
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- between server, gateway and remote host (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- communication between tiers, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Communication Database (CDB) tables, DDF (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- communication over a network (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- communication protocols
-
- verifying settings for (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- communications
-
- between server, gateway and remote host (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- between server, gateway, and remote host (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- needed for HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- needed for Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- needed for Windows (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- COMMUNITY networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- COMP_CHARSET precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMP_READ function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- COMP_WRITE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- COMPACCESS privilege (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Compact option for shrinking a table (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- company name
-
- adding to application (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- COMPARE Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPARE function (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- perform_row_dif parameter (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- COMPARE Functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPARE_OLD_VALUES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- COMPARE_TEMPLATES function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CompareBoundaryPoints() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CompareHowCode datatype, DOM package (XML C++ API Reference)
- comparing
-
- all or part of two LOBs
-
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- all or parts of two BFILEs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- dates (OLAP DML Reference)
- tables (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- values (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- comparing data (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- comparing database objects (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- comparison conditions (SQL Language Reference)
- comparison functions
-
- MAP (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- ORDER (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- Comparison operators (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- comparison operators (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- comparison operators for native floating-point datatypes (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- comparison semantics
-
- of character strings (SQL Language Reference)
- COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING_NULLS_FIRST
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING_NULLS_LAST
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_RULE_DESCENDING
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_RULE_DESCENDING_NULLS_LAST
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_RULE_REMOVE
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_RULE_SELECT
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- COMPARISON_TYPE type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- comparisons
-
- collections (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- methods (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- of character values (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- of expressions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- of null collections (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- operators (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- with NULLs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compartments
-
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting authorizations (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- compat(ibility) option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compatibility
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- and Real Application Clusters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- applications (Upgrade Guide)
- backward, for JPublisher (JPublisher User's Guide)
- checking for incompatibilities (Upgrade Guide)
- client operating system and application character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- clusterware, ASM, and database (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- compatibility level (Upgrade Guide)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter (Upgrade Guide)
- downgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- initialization parameters (Upgrade Guide)
- migrating queue tables (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- nonpersistent queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Oracle RAC and Oracle Database software (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle8i compatibility mode (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle9i compatibility mode (JPublisher User's Guide)
- original Export utility (Upgrade Guide)
- recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- security (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- COMPATIBILITY database initialization parameter
-
- requirement if upgrading (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- COMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- compatibility, disk group (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- compatibility, disk group, considerations for (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- [entry #5] (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #8] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #9] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Upgrade Guide)
-
- checking (Upgrade Guide)
- database structures (Upgrade Guide)
- requirements for setting (Data Guard Broker)
- setting (Upgrade Guide)
- setting for a rolling upgrade (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- when to set (Upgrade Guide)
- compatible option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compatible option (JPublisher -compatible) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBLE parameter (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- compatible SQL set operators and clauses (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- COMPATIBLE_10_1 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- COMPATIBLE_10_2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- COMPATIBLE_11_1 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- COMPATIBLE_9_2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- COMPATIBLE.ASM (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- COMPATIBLE.RDBMS (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- compilable objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- compilation
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- compiling in two passes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- during translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- compilation errors (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPILE clause
-
- of ALTER DIMENSION (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER FUNCTION (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER JAVA SOURCE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA (SQL Language Reference)
- COMPILE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- compile option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compile option (sqlj -compile) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMPILE parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- compile() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMPILE_FROM_REMOTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPILE_SCHEMA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- compile_type_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- compiled PL/SQL
-
- advantages of (Concepts)
- procedures (Concepts)
- pseudocode (Concepts)
- shared pool (Concepts)
- triggers (Concepts)
- COMPILEMESSAGE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- compiler
-
- classpath option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- option support for javac (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options through SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- related options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- required behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying name (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler encoding support option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler executable option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Compiler Interface
-
- compile() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- getCompilerId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- getLength() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getTransformerId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setBinXsl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setSAXHandler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setXSL() (XML C++ API Reference)
- transform() (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath package (XML C++ API Reference)
- Compiler interface
-
- Xsl package (XML C++ API Reference)
- compiler output file option (sqlj -compiler...) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler parameter settings
-
- ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS view (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler parameters
-
- and REUSE SETTINGS clause (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compiler switches
-
- dropping and preserving (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- compiler, lexical (Text Reference)
- compiler, specifying version (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compiler_parameters_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- compilers
-
- GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) (Installation Guide for Linux)
- primary (Installation Guide for Linux)
- compiler-executable option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- COMPILESCHEMA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPILEWARN option (OLAP DML Reference)
- compile-time errors (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- compiling (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- aggmaps (OLAP DML Reference)
- aggregation specifications (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- error messages (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- function (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- with debug (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- models (OLAP DML Reference)
- OCI applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI with Oracle XA (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- options (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- procedure (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- with debug (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- run time (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- specifying include file locations (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements (OLAP DML Reference)
- suppressing error messages (OLAP DML Reference)
- view (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- XA Library (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- compiling a TIP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- compiling and linking
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- compiling schema objects (2 Day DBA)
- complementary technologies (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COMPLETE clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complete failover (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- reinstating disabled databases (Data Guard Broker)
- complete recovery
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- procedures (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- complete refresh
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- completedTimeSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- completion
-
- SQL Developer preferences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- completion insight (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- completion messages
-
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- complex data objects (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- complex examples
-
- queries (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- complex materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- value for PCTFREE (Advanced Replication)
- value for PCTUSED (Advanced Replication)
- complex object retrieval
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- complex object (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- depth level (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implementing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- navigational prefetching (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetch limit (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- root object (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (COR) descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (COR) handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Complex Object Retrieval Capability (COR) in OCI (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- complex objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- prefetching (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- retrieving (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- checking (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- complex queries
-
- snowflake schemas (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complex rule conditions (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- complex XLink link
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- See extended XLink link
- complexType
-
- cycling between (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- handling inheritance (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- mapping
-
- any and anyAttribute declarations (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- fragments to LOBs (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- to SQL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle XML DB restrictions and extensions (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- compliance
-
- Oracle Database Vault addressing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- compliance, ANSI/ISO (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- compMem element (Text Reference)
- Component Certifications
-
- OracleMetaLinkOracleMetaLink (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Component Defaults (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- Breadcrumb (Application Express User's Guide)
- Breadcrumb Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Button (Application Express User's Guide)
- Calendar (Application Express User's Guide)
- Chart Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Form Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Label (Application Express User's Guide)
- List (Application Express User's Guide)
- List Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Report (Application Express User's Guide)
- Report Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Tabular Form Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- Wizard Region (Application Express User's Guide)
- component number
-
- getting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- Component Object Model (COM)
-
- marking components as transactional (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- programming with Oracle Call Interface and Microsoft Transaction Server (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- registering in a Microsoft Transaction Server environment (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running in a Microsoft Transaction Server
-
- coordinated transaction (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running in an MS DTC-coordinated transaction (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with Microsoft Oracle ODBC Driver (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with the Oracle ODBC Driver and Microsoft Transaction Server (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- component of a resource path name
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Component Palette (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- component parameter
-
- supplying to crsctl commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- components
-
- about translating (Application Express User's Guide)
- broker (Data Guard Broker)
- controlling access to (Application Express User's Guide)
- created when using DBCA (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- displaying on all pages (Application Express User's Guide)
- displaying on every page (Application Express User's Guide)
- hardware (Performance Tuning Guide)
- initialization file for debugging purposes (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- prodcut (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- required for Warehouse Builder (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- software (Performance Tuning Guide)
- translating messages (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- components option (sqlj -components) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- components. See label components
- COMPOSE function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- composed characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- composite
-
- columns (Data Warehousing Guide)
- composite attribute
-
- BASIC_LEXER (Text Reference)
- KOREAN_MORPH_LEXER (Text Reference)
- composite domain index (Text Reference)
- composite event (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
-
- rule conditions with ANY n semantics (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- rule conditions with set semantics (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- sequencing of primitive events (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- composite FOREIGN KEY constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- matching rules for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- composite foreign keys (SQL Language Reference)
- composite indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- composite indexes, column order in (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- composite list-hash partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-list partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite list-range partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite partitioning
- [entry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [entry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
-
- default partition (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- examples of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- interval-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- interval-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-list (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- list-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-hash (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-list (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- range-range (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- subpartition template, modifying (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- when creating a table (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- composite primary keys (SQL Language Reference)
- composite range partitions (SQL Language Reference)
- composite range-hash partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-list partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite range-range partitioning (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- composite textkey
-
- encoding (Text Reference)
- composite types
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- collection and records (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- composite word dictionary (Text Reference)
- composite word index
-
- creating for German or Dutch text (Text Reference)
- composite words
-
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- COMPOSITE_LIMIT parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- composite_list_partitions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- composite_range_partitions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- composites (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- base dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- changing to conjoint dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- index algorithm (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- index type (determining) (OLAP DML Reference)
- listing associated objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining (OLAP DML Reference)
- reporting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also unnamed composites
- showing a value (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying values for (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- testing for a value (OLAP DML Reference)
- unnamed (OLAP DML Reference)
- composites (regular and compressed)
-
- defined (OLAP DML Reference)
- compound conditions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- compound element (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- compound expressions (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- compound line string (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- compound polygon (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Compound triggers (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- compound triggers
-
- creating (SQL Language Reference)
- compound XML document (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- compound_DML_trigger (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CompoundCursor objects
-
- getting children of, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- navigating for a crosstab view, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- navigating for a table view, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- positions of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CompProcessor Interface
-
- getProcessorId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- process() (XML C++ API Reference)
- processWithBinXPath() (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath package (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMPRESS (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- COMPRESS clause
-
- nested tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- of ALTER INDEX ... REBUILD (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Language Reference)
- COMPRESS parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
- COMPRESS_PARENT_WORKSPACE_AFTER_REMOVE system parameter (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- compressed backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- algorithms (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- compressed tables
-
- tables
-
- compressed (2 Day DBA)
- compressing
-
- workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- compression
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
-
- compression ratio (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- decompression of GeoRaster objects (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- DEFLATE format (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- JPEG format (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- keyword for storageParam parameter (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- LizardTech plug-in (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- NUMBER_OF_COMPRESS_BATCHES system parameter (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- of GeoRaster objects (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- of index keys (SQL Language Reference)
- performance considerations (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- quality (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- See data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
- third-party plug-ins (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- compression (Workspace Manager)
-
- SetCompressWorkspace procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- WM_COMPRESS_BATCH_SIZES view (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- WM_COMPRESSIBLE_TABLES view (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- COMPRESSION attribute (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- compression format types (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- compression formats
-
- audio (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- image (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- video (Multimedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- COMPRESSION parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- compression schemes (Multimedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia User's Guide)
- compression, index key (Concepts)
- compression, table (Administrator's Guide)
- compressionFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
- lossless compression scheme (Multimedia Reference)
- lossy format (Multimedia Reference)
- compressionQuality operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
- lossless compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- lossy compression format (Multimedia Reference)
- CompressWorkspace procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CompressWorkspaceTree procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- compromised operating systems or applications (2 Day + Security Guide)
- CompTransformer Interface
-
- Xsl package (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMPUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- computing a summary on different columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LABEL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing all definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- maximum LABEL length (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON column clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON expr clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON REPORT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing grand and sub summaries (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing multiple summaries on same column (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines at ends of reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines on a break (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in OF (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in ON (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- removing definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to format a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTE_CONFUSION_MATRIX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPUTE_GEOMETRY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- COMPUTE_LIFT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPUTE_PATH_GEOMETRY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- COMPUTE_ROC procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- computer failure (High Availability Overview)
- computer name
-
- finding with DVF.F$MACHINE (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Machine default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- computer on which Microsoft Transaction Server is installed
-
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- computer on which Oracle Database is installed
-
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- computers with multiple aliases (Installation Guide for Linux)
- computers, non-networked (Installation Guide for Linux)
- COMPUTES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMSC00004|Installation
-
- of HR schema (Sample Schemas)
- COMSC00028|Sample Schema (Sample Schemas)
- COMSC00031|Sample Schema (Sample Schemas)
- COMSC00035|Online Catalog Subschema (Sample Schemas)
- comwrap.sql (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CON (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- concat dimensions
-
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also dimensions
- specifying values for (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONCAT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CONCAT operator (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- CONCAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONCAT_LINES function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONCATENATE parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- CONCATENATE_GEOM_SEGMENTS function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- concatenated groupings (Data Warehousing Guide)
- concatenated indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- concatenated ROLLUP (Data Warehousing Guide)
- concatenating
-
- geometric segments (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- line or multiline geometries (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- LRS geometries (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- concatenation operator (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- treatment of nulls (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- concatenation restrictions, string concatenation of numbers (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- conceptual modeling (Performance Tuning Guide)
- concordance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CONCUR_READ_ONLY result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONCUR_UPDATABLE result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurency (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- concurrency (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- data, definition (Concepts)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- limits on
-
- for each user (Concepts)
- transactions and (Concepts)
- concurrency types in result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent connections
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- TCP/IP (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- concurrent conventional path loads (Utilities)
- concurrent I/O (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- concurrent logons (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- concurrent processes
-
- tuning for Oracle Streams AQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- concurrent users
-
- increasing the number of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- condition
-
- creating (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- condition types
-
- common (Application Express User's Guide)
- CONDITION_REF function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- conditional
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- processing (Application Express User's Guide)
- rendering (Application Express User's Guide)
- conditional compilation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- availability for previous Oracle database releases (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- control tokens (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- inquiry directives (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- limitations (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_CCFLAGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_CODE_TYPE initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_DEBUG initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_LINE flag (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_UNIT flag (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- PLSQL_WARNINGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- static constants (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using PLSQL_CCFLAGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using static expressions with (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with DBMS_DB_VERSION (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using with DBMS_PREPROCESSOR (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- conditional control (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- conditional execution of commands (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional expressions (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- IF (OLAP DML Reference)
- See expressions
- SWTICH (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional expressions, representing as data (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- conditional operators (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional precompilation (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- benefits of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- defining symbols (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- conditional predicates
-
- trigger bodies (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- conditional statement
-
- guidelines (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- conditional_insert_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- conditions
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
-
- comparison (SQL Language Reference)
- compound (SQL Language Reference)
- displaying regions (Application Express User's Guide)
- EXISTS (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- floating-point (SQL Language Reference)
- group comparison (SQL Language Reference)
- IN (SQL Language Reference)
- in SQL syntax (SQL Language Reference)
- IS ANY (SQL Language Reference)
- IS OF type (SQL Language Reference)
- IS PRESENT (SQL Language Reference)
- IS [NOT] EMPTY (SQL Language Reference)
- LIKE (SQL Language Reference)
- list of (Application Express User's Guide)
- logical (SQL Language Reference)
- MEMBER (SQL Language Reference)
- membership (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- model (SQL Language Reference)
- multiset (SQL Language Reference)
- null (SQL Language Reference)
- pattern matching (SQL Language Reference)
- range (SQL Language Reference)
- rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- see also SQL conditions
- SET (SQL Language Reference)
- simple comparison (SQL Language Reference)
- SUBMULTISET (SQL Language Reference)
- UNDER_PATH (SQL Language Reference)
- using (Application Express User's Guide)
- using with buttons (Application Express User's Guide)
- XML (SQL Language Reference)
- conditions in regular expressions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- confidence (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- of association rule (Data Mining Concepts)
- confidence bounds (Data Mining Concepts)
- CONFIG
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONFIG OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- configurable properties (Data Guard Broker)
-
- AlternateLocation (Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyInstanceTimeout (Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyParallel (Data Guard Broker)
- ArchiveLagTarget (Data Guard Broker)
- Binding (Data Guard Broker)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- DbFileNameConvert (Data Guard Broker)
- DelayMins (Data Guard Broker)
- DGConnectIdentifier (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverAutoReinstate (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverLagLimit (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverPmyShutdown (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverTarget (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverThreshold (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveFormat (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveMaxProcesses (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveMinSucceedDest (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveTrace (Data Guard Broker)
- LogFileNameConvert (Data Guard Broker)
- LogShipping (Data Guard Broker)
- LogXptMode (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipErrorCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipTxnCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipErrorCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipTxnCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxEventsRecorded (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxServers (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxSga (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyPreserveCommitOrder (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordAppliedDdl (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordSkipDdl (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordSkipErrors (Data Guard Broker)
- managing redo transport services (Data Guard Broker)
- MaxConnections (Data Guard Broker)
- MaxFailure (Data Guard Broker)
- NetTimeout (Data Guard Broker)
- PreferredApplyInstance (Data Guard Broker)
- RedoCompression (Data Guard Broker)
- ReopenSecs (Data Guard Broker)
- SidName (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyArchiveLocation (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyFileManagement (Data Guard Broker)
- TopWaitEvents (Data Guard Broker)
- configuration
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- bandwidth (Data Warehousing Guide)
- changes, monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- controlling (Application Express User's Guide)
- gateway directories (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- globalization support
- guidelines for security (Security Guide)
- Java (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- JVM (Java Developer's Guide)
- of LogMiner utility (Utilities)
- performance (Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- See also DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM package
- configuration and installation verification (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- configuration assistants
-
- failure (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- troubleshooting (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuration assistants, troubleshooting (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuration documents
-
- anonymity documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- characteristics (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- constraint documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- default (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- deleting from the repository (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- exporting from the repository (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- inserting into the repository (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- mapping documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- preference documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- private dictionary documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- standard dictionary documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- UID definition documents (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- updating in the repository (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- configuration file
-
- system versus user (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- configuration files (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- advantages (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- and the Object Type Translator (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- and the OTT utility (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fast-start failover configuration (fsfo.dat) file (Data Guard Broker)
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- listener.ora
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
-
- administering listener remotely (2 Day + Security Guide)
- sample (2 Day + Security Guide)
- location (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- ottcfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pcbcfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pccfor.cfg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pcscfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- pmscfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- precompiler (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- sample listener.ora file (Security Guide)
- See Also Data Guard configuration file
- server.key encryption file (Security Guide)
- system (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- tnsnames.ora (2 Day + Security Guide)
- tsnames.ora (Security Guide)
- typical directory (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Security Guide)
- user (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- configuration files for external procedures (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- configuration information (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- configuration of a database
-
- process structure (Concepts)
- configuration options
-
- creating with Data Guard broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases
-
- location and directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby databases
-
- delayed standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- typical (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuration page
-
- Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- configuration parameters
-
- listener.ora
-
- CONNECTION_RATE_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- RATE_LIMIT (Net Services Reference)
- configuration properties
-
- BystandersFollowRoleChange (Data Guard Broker)
- configuration report script
-
- Oracle Streams (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuration requirements
-
- modifying for Oracle Fail Safe (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on client computer (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on computer on which Microsoft Transaction Server is installed (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on computer on which Oracle Database is installed (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- configuration types
-
- Advanced (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Data Warehouse (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Do not create a starter database (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- General Purpose (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- Transaction Processing (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- configuration verification
-
- OLTP
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configurations
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- activating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- active configuration (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- named configuration (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- reinitializing the OCR (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- setting properties (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- storage in OCR (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CONFIGURE command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- AUXNAME option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- BACKUP OPTIMIZATION option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CHANNEL option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CONTROLFILE AUTOBACKUP option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- DB_UNIQUE_NAME option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- ENCRYPTION option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- EXCLUDE option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- FOR DB_UNIQUE_NAME option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- MAXPIECESIZE option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- MAXSETSIZE option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RETENTION POLICY clause (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RETENTION POLICY option (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CONFIGURE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONFIGURE_POOL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONFIGUREAUTOSYNC procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Configuring
-
- two-phase commit (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring
- [entry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- accounts of Oracle users (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Adabas data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Apache httpd.conf (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- APPC/MVS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Automatic SQL Tuning Advisor (2 Day DBA)
- Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- backups on standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- checklists for DRDA server (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CICS Transaction Server for z/OS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- clients
-
- client load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods in profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- commit-confirm (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection requests in a profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- data objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data profiles (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- database servers
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DB2/400 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disaster recovery (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- easy connect naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Entrust-enabled Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
-
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedure connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- gateway
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
-
- optional steps to allow multiple users using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- optional steps to allow multiple users using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- optional steps to allow multiple users using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- optional steps to allow multiple users using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- gateway directories (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- gateways (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- global transactions (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Heterogeneous Services connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host workstation for gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- IMS/DB DBCTL data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/DB DLI data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/TM (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initialization parameters
-
- for alternate archive destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- instance role (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos authentication service parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- kernel parameters (Installation Guide for Linux)
- list of parameters needed to configure the gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- listener for Oracle COM Automation for PL/SQL (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- listener for physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle JServer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- queue size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service information (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- localized management (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- master-detail mappings (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- master-detail mappings, direct path load (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- multiple protocol addresses (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service aliases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names
-
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- network domain, default (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- no data loss (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- nodes (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Application Server 11g (new) (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Database (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- Oracle database (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- upgrading from previous releases (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- upgrading from previous releases (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- upgrading from previous releases (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle database for gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect
-
- pre-configuration steps (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- pre-configuration steps (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle Enterprise Manager (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Oracle HTTP Server (new) (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle HTTP Server 11g (new) (Installation Guide for Linux)
- Oracle Net (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Rdb database connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Scheduler (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle server with Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- owblient.bat file for memory (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- parameter file (Concepts)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PL/SQL mappings (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- preferred credentials (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- primary and secondary instances (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- process structure (Concepts)
- protocol addresses (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- quick reference (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- reporting operations on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- runtime parameters, SAP files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP file physical properties (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SAP, loading type parameter (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- SDP protocol (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- servers
-
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SNAP-IX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- on the server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- standby databases at remote locations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on the gateway (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- the gateway
-
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- the OLTP (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- thin JDBC support (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- third-party databases (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- voting disks (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- VSAM data source (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- with default values (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- without default values (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- workstation for gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- your network
-
- using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- using SNA (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Zend Core for Oracle (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Zend Core for Oracle configuration tab (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- configuring a LAN device
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Configuring APPC/MVS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuring channels
-
- during restore or crosscheck operations (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring CICS OLTP for Transaction Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Configuring CICS Transaction Server for z/OS (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- configuring database for Flashback Technology (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- configuring disks for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring file type associations (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- configuring kernel parameters (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- configuring media managers (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- installing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- prerequisites (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring Oracle XML DB
-
- protocol server (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- repository (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- servlets (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- using DBMS_XDB API (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- using Oracle Enterprise Manager (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- xdbconfig.xml configuration file (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- configuring preferred mirror read disks in extended clusters (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring Recovery Manager
-
- autobackups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backup optimization (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backup retention policies (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- backup set size (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- default backup type (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- default devices (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- overview (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- shared server (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- snapshot control file location (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- specific channels (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- tablespace exclusion for backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- Configuring the gateway (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring your network (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- conflict management (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- beginning resolution (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- committing resolution (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- rolling back resolution (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- showing conflicts (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- conflict resolution
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- adding columns for (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- additive method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- append sequence method (Advanced Replication)
- append site name method (Advanced Replication)
- architecture (Advanced Replication)
- auditing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- average method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- avoiding conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- data integrity (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column lists (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column subsetting
-
- updatable materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- concepts (Advanced Replication)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring without quiesce (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- custom (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- interaction with apply handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- prebuilt (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- convergence properties of methods (Advanced Replication)
- creating triggers for (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- data convergence (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data requirements (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- delete conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- detecting conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- DISCARD handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- discard method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic site ownership (Advanced Replication)
- earliest time stamp method (Advanced Replication)
- error queue (Advanced Replication)
- example (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- in synchronous propagation (Advanced Replication)
- information
-
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- latest time
-
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- latest time stamp method (Advanced Replication)
- MAXIMUM handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- example (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- latest time (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- maximum method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- methods for delete conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- methods for uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- methods for update conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- MINIMUM handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- minimum method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- monitoring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- multitier materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- OVERWRITE handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- overwrite method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- performance
-
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- prebuilt methods (Advanced Replication)
- prebuilt update conflict handlers (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- preparing for (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- primary site ownership (Advanced Replication)
- priority groups method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- procedural replication and (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- resolution columns (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- site priority method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- sample trigger (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- statistics (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- canceling (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- time stamp method
-
- sample trigger (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- timestamp method (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- time-based (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- example (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- preparing for (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- transaction ordering (Advanced Replication)
- types of conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- uniqueness (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
-
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- update conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined methods (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- example (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for delete conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for update conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- parameters (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing information (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict views (xxx_CONF) (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- conflicts
-
- avoidance (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- delete (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- primary database ownership (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- uniqueness (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- update (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
-
- delete (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic ownership (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- delete (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- detecting (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
-
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- detection
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- identifying rows (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- stopping (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DML conflicts (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- error queue (Advanced Replication)
- foreign key (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- notification log table
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- notification methods
-
- user-defined (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- notification package
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ordering
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- procedural replication (Advanced Replication)
- token passing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- transaction ordering (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- types of (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- uniqueness (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- update (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- workflow (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conformance validation (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- confusion matrix (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- figure (Data Mining Concepts)
- conjoint dimensions
-
- base dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- changing to composites (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- index type (determining) (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also dimensions
- CONNECT (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CONNECT /feature (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT authority
-
- binding packages on DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CONNECT BY clause (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
-
- of queries and subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- of SELECT (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT BY not supported
-
- known restrictions, SQL limitations (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CONNECT clause (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- for database link security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- in TCP/IP security (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT command
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #5] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #9] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #10] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #11] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- and @ (at sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- starting an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSOPER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Connect data control property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- connect descriptor (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
-
- description (2 Day DBA)
- example (2 Day DBA)
- connect descriptors (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECT events, controlling with command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- connect functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- in CONNECT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in DESCRIBE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect identifiers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT INTERNAL
-
- desupported (Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT privilege
-
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- CONNECT role
- [entry #2] (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- applications
-
- account provisioning (Security Guide)
- affects of (Security Guide)
- database upgrades (Security Guide)
- installation of (Security Guide)
- privilege available to (2 Day + Security Guide)
- script to create (Security Guide)
- users
-
- application developers, impact (Security Guide)
- client-server applications, impact (Security Guide)
- general users, impact (Security Guide)
- how affects (Security Guide)
- why changed (Security Guide)
- CONNECT statement
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- AS SYSDBA privilege, connecting with (2 Day + Security Guide)
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle with (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- enabling a semantic check (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- logging on to Oracle (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- placement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- USING clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- USING clause in (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using to enable a semantic check (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- when not required (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- connect string
-
- example (2 Day DBA)
- for Analytic Workspace Manager (OLAP User's Guide)
- for OCI driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for Thin driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side internal driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side Thin driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SIDs deprecated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use of database service names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connect strings (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT SYS
-
- example of (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CONNECT THROUGH clause
-
- of ALTER USER (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT TO clause (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- connect() method (Oracle class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISCYCLE pseudocolumns (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISLEAF pseudocolumns (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ROOT operator (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_DATA networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECT_TIME parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Language Reference)
- CONNECT_TIMEOUT_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- connected components (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- finding (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- connected paths
-
- checking for (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- connected user database links (Administrator's Guide)
-
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECTED_GEOM_SEGMENTS function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- connecting
-
- attributes (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- database, errors connecting to (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Design Repository, error (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- groups (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- operators (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Oracle databases supported (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- privileges required for Data Guard broker configurations (Data Guard Broker)
- starting the observer (Data Guard Broker)
- to a specific database (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to an Oracle database (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to an Oracle database using ADO (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to instances (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- to the primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- with username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting from JDeveloper
-
- driver, specifying (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- host name, specifying (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- JDBC port, specifying (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- service name, specifying (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- connecting to a database (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- AUTHORIZATION clause and (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- calling RPC stubs and (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- automatic connections (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- automatically (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concurrently (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using Oracle Net (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- via Oracle Net (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle Connect (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connecting to Oracle Connect for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connecting to Oracle Database
-
- DataSource object (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- default service (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- getDBConnection (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- overview of (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- using Java (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- using JDeveloper (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle for Connect IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Gateways (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- add (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- choosing (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default versus non-default (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition
-
- SNA Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- implicit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- managing connection pooling (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- new (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- opening (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- security (Java Developer's Guide)
- Connection (JMS)
-
- creating
-
- with default ConnectionFactory parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with default ConnectionFactory parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with username/password (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with username/password (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- getting JDBC connection from JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- connection attribute
-
- setting with ODBC (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- connection attributes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection broker (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection cache properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Connection class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection contexts
-
- close connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concepts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting from JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting to JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaration with IMPLEMENTS clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring connection context class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- from SQLJ data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get default connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get execution context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implementation and functionality (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- instantiating connection object (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple connections, example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- relation to execution contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- semantics-checking (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- set default connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying connection for statement (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying for executable statement (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection contexts (SQLJ)
-
- definition (JPublisher User's Guide)
- release() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use of connection contexts and instances (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Connection Definitions (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- connection dependency (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connection failover callback (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- connection identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- easy or abbreviated (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- full (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- net service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connection information
-
- incorrectly specified (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- connection load balancing (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- concepts (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring
-
- dedicated server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- goals (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- introduction to (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- long method (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- short method (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Connection Manager
-
- installing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- starting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using multiple managers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing the connection string (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection mode
-
- configuring (2 Day DBA)
- nonblocking (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection multiplexing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Connection Navigator (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
- browsing data (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- database objects, editing (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- table data, viewing (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- table definition, viewing (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Connection object (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
-
- DataSource (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- DriverManager (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- Connection objects
-
- example of closing (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- example of creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- connection parameters (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- connection pool
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- createConnectionPool method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection pool management (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- connection pooling (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- advantages relative to session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client side registry parameters (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- code example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- demo program1 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- demo program2 (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- emptying connection pools (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- example (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- for RAC database (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- global application contexts (Security Guide)
- management (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- managing connections (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- nondatabase users (Security Guide)
- obtaining service handles (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- proxy authentication (Security Guide)
- releasing connections (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- transparent application failover (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using OraMTSSvcGet() function (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pooling, database resident (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection pools (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
-
- and FAN (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- connection pools and TAF (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection privileges
-
- SYSDBA (2 Day DBA)
- SYSOPER (2 Day DBA)
- connection properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- put() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Connection property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connection qualifiers
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- database links and (Administrator's Guide)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- connection rate limiter (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECTION record type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- connection string
-
- Connection Manager (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection string attributes (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- defaults (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- registry (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- connection string builder (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Connection Time Out field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection to Adabas (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection to IMS/DB DBCTL (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection to IMS/DB DBDC (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection to IMS/DB DLI (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- connection to VSAM (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for IMS, VSAM, and Adabas Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CONNECTION_RATE_listener_name configuration parameter (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECTION_STATISTICS (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECTION_STATISTICS networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- ConnectionFactory
-
- getting
-
- in LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- objects (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- registering
-
- through database using JDBC connection parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- through database using JDBC URL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- through LDAP using JDBC connection parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- through LDAP using JDBC URL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- unregistering
-
- in LDAP through LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- in LDAP through the database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- through database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- through LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- using JNDI to look up (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- ConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connections
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- adjusting listener queue size to avoid errors (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- AS SYSDBA privilege (2 Day + Security Guide)
- bequeath (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- closing (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing shared connections with JDBC (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- concurrent, increasing number of (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect strings, entering (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- creating, editing, or selecting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- database connection in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dedicated servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default versus nondefault (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- default versus non-default (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- defining (OLAP User's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disconnecting (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Easy Connect syntax (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- explanation (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Explicit connections (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQLJ data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Heterogeneous Services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- HR user (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- implicit (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- JDBC transaction methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Microsoft Access (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Microsoft SQL Server (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- modifying auto-commit (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple, using declared connect contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- MySQL (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- NIS external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle class to connect (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb databases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- persistent (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- prerequisites for (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- read-only (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- restricting (Concepts)
- sessions contrasted with (Concepts)
- set up (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- settings (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- shared connections with JDBC (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- single or multiple using default context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying auto-commit (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- startup of components (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- steps for establishing (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- SYS privilege (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- terminating remote (Administrator's Guide)
- translator options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- verify (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- with administrator privileges (Concepts)
- CONNECTIONS (CON or CONN) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ConnectionString attributes (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- Connection Lifetime (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Connection Timeout (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Data Source (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DBA Privilege (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Decr Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Enlist (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- HA Events (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Incr Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Load Balancing (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Max Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Metadata Pooling (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Min Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Password (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Persist Security Info (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Pooling (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Proxy Password (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Proxy User Id (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Statement Cache Purge (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Statement Cache Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- User Id (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Validate Connection (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ConnectionString property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connectivity
-
- ODBC (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- OLE DB drivers for heterogeneous data sources (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- connectivity agent (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- connectors
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating, database connector (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating, directory connector (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- ConnectRef Interface
-
- call() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~ConnectRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- connectStringSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- connect-time failover
-
- and GLOBAL_DNAME parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME networking parameter in listener.ora (Net Services Reference)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Reference)
- connpool sample (IIS) (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CONSIDER command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONSIDER FRESH clause
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Language Reference)
- consistency
-
- checking for valid geometry types (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- of object cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- read (Performance Tuning Guide)
- read consistency, definition (Concepts)
- consistent backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- whole database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- consistent blocks (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- consistent gets from cache statistic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- consistent mode
-
- TKPROF (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONSISTENT parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
-
- nested tables and (Utilities)
- partitioned table and (Utilities)
- consistent reads (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- ConsistentSolveCommand objects
-
- example of creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- consolidating
-
- extents (Utilities)
- const
-
- declaring constants (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONSTANT
-
- declaration (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- for declaring constants (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constant definitions for PGM package (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- constant file (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CONSTANT parameter
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- constant values. See literals
- Constants
-
- inlining (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constants
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- DBMS_DATA_MINING (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- in stored procedures (Concepts)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- static (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- understanding PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constants for SQL types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constraining data to a geometry type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- constraining tables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- constraint (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- constraint documents
-
- characteristics (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- defined (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- examples (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- writing custom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- XML schemas (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- constraint violations (Advanced Replication)
- CONSTRAINT(S) session parameter (SQL Language Reference)
- constraint_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- constraint_state (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- constraints (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- adding (2 Day DBA)
- adding to a table (SQL Language Reference)
- altering (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- automatic integrity and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- CHECK
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- see CHECK constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- check (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- checking
-
- at end of transaction (SQL Language Reference)
- at start of transaction (SQL Language Reference)
- at the end of each DML statement (SQL Language Reference)
- column REF (SQL Language Reference)
- default values and (Concepts)
- deferrable (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- enforcing (SQL Language Reference)
- deferring checking of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- defining
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- for a table (SQL Language Reference)
- on a column (SQL Language Reference)
- privileges needed for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- with ALTER TABLE statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- with CREATE TABLE statement (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- DELETE CASCADE (Concepts)
- deleting (2 Day DBA)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- disabled (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- disabled, definition of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- disabling
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- cascading (SQL Language Reference)
- existing (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- new (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- reasons for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- disabling after table creation (SQL Language Reference)
- disabling at table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling during table creation (SQL Language Reference)
- disabling referential constraints (Utilities)
- distributed system application development issues (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- enable novalidate state (Administrator's Guide)
- enabled, definition of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- enabling (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- after a parallel direct path load (Utilities)
- enabling after table creation (SQL Language Reference)
- enabling during table creation (SQL Language Reference)
- enabling example (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling when violations exist (Administrator's Guide)
- enforced on a direct load (Utilities)
- enforced with indexes (Concepts)
-
- PRIMARY KEY (Concepts)
- enforcing business rules with (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- exceptions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- exceptions to (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- exceptions to integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- existing
-
- disabling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- failed
-
- Import (Utilities)
- FOREIGN KEY
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- see FOREIGN KEY constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- foreign key (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- handled on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- integrity
-
- types listed (Concepts)
- integrity constraint states (Administrator's Guide)
- integrity, definition (Concepts)
- keeping index when disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- keeping index when dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- load method (Utilities)
- maximum name length for Workspace Manager (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- mechanisms of enforcement (Concepts)
- minimizing overhead of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- modifying (2 Day DBA)
- modifying existing (SQL Language Reference)
- naming (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- new
-
- disabling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- enabling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- NOT NULL
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- see NOT NULL constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- object tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- on Oracle objects (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- on views (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- dropping (SQL Language Reference)
- ORA-02055 constraint violation (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel create table (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning referential (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- PRIMARY KEY
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- see PRIMARY KEY constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- primary key (SQL Language Reference)
-
- attributes of index (SQL Language Reference)
- enabling (SQL Language Reference)
- referential
-
- effect of updates (Concepts)
- self-referencing (Advanced Replication)
- self-referencing (Concepts)
- referential integrity (SQL Language Reference)
- REFs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- RELY (Data Warehousing Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions (SQL Language Reference)
- SCOPE FOR constraint (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- See also integrity constraints
- setting at table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- setting state for a transaction (SQL Language Reference)
- states (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storing rows in violation (SQL Language Reference)
- support with Workspace Manager (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- table REF (SQL Language Reference)
- triggers and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- triggers cannot violate (Concepts)
- triggers contrasted with (Concepts)
- UNIQUE
-
- see UNIQUE constraints (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- unique (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- attributes of index (SQL Language Reference)
- enabling (SQL Language Reference)
- UNIQUE key (Concepts)
-
- partially null (Concepts)
- view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- viewing definitions of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- violating (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- what happens when violated (Concepts)
- when evaluated (Concepts)
- when to disable (Administrator's Guide)
- with partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- constraints on XMLType data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- repetitive XML elements (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CONSTRAINTS parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
- Import utility (Utilities)
- Constraints property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- configuring (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- construct_departments() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- construct_employees() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- construct_image() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- construct_insert_emp() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- construct_modify_emp() function (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- constructing
-
- LCRs (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- constructor (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- constructor method (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- constructor methods (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- and object types (SQL Language Reference)
- literal invocation of (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constructor_declaration (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- constructor_spec (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- constructors
-
- attribute values (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- attribute-value (Utilities)
-
- overriding (Utilities)
- calling user-defined (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- collection (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defining for an object type (SQL Language Reference)
- init( ) for ORDVideo (Multimedia Reference)
- init(srcType,srcLocation,srcName) for ORDVideo (Multimedia Reference)
- methods (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- ORDAudio (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDDicom (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDDicom( ) for BLOBs (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDDicom( ) for ORDImage (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDDicom( ) for other sources (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- ORDDoc (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDImage (Multimedia Reference)
- ORDVideo (Multimedia Reference)
- overloading (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- overriding (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- SDO_GEOMETRY object type (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SI_AverageColor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor(averageColor) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor(sourceImage) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Color (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(colors, frequencies) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(firstColor, frequency) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(sourceImage) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content, explicitFormat) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content, explicitFormat, height, width) (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Texture (Multimedia Reference)
- SI_Texture( ) (Multimedia Reference)
- system defined (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- type evolution (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- user-defined (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
-
- loading column objects with (Utilities)
- with NEW keyword (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- constructors for semantic data (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CONSUME_EVENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONSUME_PRIM_EVENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Consumer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- consumers (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- configuring (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- viewing (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- consumption of events (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- containers
-
- SAP application (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- containing face
-
- getting for point (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CONTAINS
-
- operators (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONTAINS operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- topological relationship (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONTAINS condition (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CONTAINS operator
-
- example (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CONTAINS query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- contains SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- contains XPath function (Oracle) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- content format
-
- direct color (DRCT) images (Multimedia Reference)
- lookup table (LUT) images (Multimedia Reference)
- content metadata (Multimedia User's Guide)
- content of a resource
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content of data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CONTENT parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- Content Repository API for Java
-
- See JCR
- contentFormat operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
-
- direct RGB (Multimedia Reference)
- GRAY (Multimedia Reference)
- LUT (Multimedia Reference)
- MONOCHROME (Multimedia Reference)
- contention
-
- block-level (Reference)
- for data
-
- deadlocks (Concepts)
- lock escalation does not occur (Concepts)
- library cache latch (Performance Tuning Guide)
- memory (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- shared pool (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide)
- wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Contents element (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content-management application
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Content-type (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- Context
-
- unsupported data types (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- context
-
- inline (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- run-time (Java Developer's Guide)
- stored procedures (Java Developer's Guide)
- transactions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- WITH CONTEXT clause (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- context (session) (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- GetSessionInfo function (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- context block
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- context connection (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Context data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- context expressions
-
- evaluation at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONTEXT FREE statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONTEXT grammar (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CONTEXT index
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- HTML example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- context indextype (Text Reference)
- context namespaces
-
- accessible to instance (SQL Language Reference)
- associating with package (SQL Language Reference)
- initializing using OCI (SQL Language Reference)
- initializing using the LDAP directory (SQL Language Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Language Reference)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION GET SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION SET SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- context of current operation
-
- getting (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- context option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- context option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- context switches (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONTEXT USE directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT USE SQL directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT USE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTEXT XQUERY option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- context, creating one in XSU PL/SQL API (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- context_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- Context11g.java (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- contexts
-
- creating namespaces for (SQL Language Reference)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Language Reference)
- context-sensitive characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- continually refreshed workspaces (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
-
- changing workspace type (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CR_WORKSPACE_MODE system parameter (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- creating (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- continuation attribute (Text Reference)
- continuation lines
-
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTINUE action
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONTINUE clause
-
- WHENEVER OSERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTINUE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONTINUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONTINUE option, of WHENEVER statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONTINUE statement
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CONTINUE_CLIENT parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- CONTINUEIF parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- CONTINUE-WHEN statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- continuing a long SQL*Plus command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuous purges
-
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- continuous pushes
-
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- Continuous Query Notification (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Continuous Query Notification (CQN) (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- continuous query notification example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- continuous replication (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
-
- monitoring
-
- topology (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- contracting characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- contracting letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- contrast operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- contrast table
-
- grayscale table (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- Control Center Manager (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- Control Center Service (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- control centers
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- activating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- creating (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- control characters, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- control columns
-
- used to indicate changed columns in a row (Data Warehousing Guide)
- control file
-
- creating
-
- on gateway using SNA (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- creating in Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- installed configuration (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- location (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- multiplexing (2 Day DBA)
- parallelized backup (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- SQL*Loader (2 Day DBA)
- control file autobackups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- after structural changes to database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- default format (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- format (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- control file clauses
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- control file example
-
- SQL*Loader (Text Reference)
- control files
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
-
- adding (Administrator's Guide)
- allowing reuse (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- automatic backups (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- backing up (SQL Language Reference)
- backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
-
- binary (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- including within database backup (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovery using (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- changes recorded (Concepts)
- changing size (Administrator's Guide)
- character sets (Utilities)
- checkpoints and (Concepts)
- circular reuse records (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- configuring location (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- conflicts with data dictionary (Administrator's Guide)
- contents (Concepts)
- copying (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- guidelines (Utilities)
- creating after loss of all copies (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- creating for standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data definition language syntax (Utilities)
- data dictionary views reference (Administrator's Guide)
- default name (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate database (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- errors during creation (Administrator's Guide)
- finding filenames (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- force logging mode (SQL Language Reference)
- guidelines for (Administrator's Guide)
- how specified (Concepts)
- importance of multiplexed (Administrator's Guide)
- initial creation (Administrator's Guide)
- locating (Installation Guide for Linux)
- location of (Administrator's Guide)
- log sequence numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- mirroring (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- modifying with ALTER DATABASE RENAME FILE statement (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- moving (Administrator's Guide)
- multiplexed (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #8] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #9] (Concepts)
-
- loss of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- multiplexing (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- names (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- naming (Installation Guide for Linux)
- number of (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Concepts)
- overwriting existing (Administrator's Guide)
- raw devices for
-
- on Linux (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- recreated (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- relocating (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- requirement of one (Administrator's Guide)
- restoring (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- reviewing (Installation Guide for Linux)
- re-creating (SQL Language Reference)
- size of (Administrator's Guide)
- snapshot (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- specifying location of (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- specifying (Reference)
- specifying data (Utilities)
- specifying names before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying SQL*Loader discard file (Utilities)
- standby, creating (SQL Language Reference)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Administrator's Guide)
- unavailable during startup (Administrator's Guide)
- used in mounting database (Concepts)
- user-managed restore after loss of all copies (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control with (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CONTROL parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- control parameters
-
- listener.ora
-
- ADMIN_RESTRICTIONS_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- CRS_NOTIFICATION_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- DEFAULT_SERVICE_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- PASSWORDS_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- SAVE_CONFIG_ON_STOP_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- SSL_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION (Net Services Reference)
- STARTUP_WAIT_TIME_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- SUBSCRIBE_NODE_DOWN_EVENT_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- WALLET_LOCATION (Net Services Reference)
- control statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- control structures
-
- conditional (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- overview of PL/SQL (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- sequential (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- understanding (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- control utilities
-
- Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- CONTROL_FILES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #7] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #8] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #9] (Reference)
-
- overwriting existing control files (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying file names (Administrator's Guide)
- warning about setting (Administrator's Guide)
- when creating a database (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- CONTROL_MANAGEMENT_PACK_ACCESS initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- enabling automatic database diagnostic monitoring (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONTROL_MANAGEMENT_PACK_ACCESS parameter and ADDM (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONTROLFILE REUSE clause
-
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- controlfile_clauses (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- controlled sparsity (OLAP DML Reference)
- controlling
-
- available SGA memory (Data Guard Broker)
- transaction commit order (Data Guard Broker)
- controlling query reexecution (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- controlling side effects of functions (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- controls
-
- controlling access to (Application Express User's Guide)
- controls columns
-
- COMMIT_TIMESTAMP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CSCN$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- OPERATION$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- ROW_ID$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- RSID$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SOURCE_COLMAP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYS_NC_OID$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- TARGET_COLMAP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- TIMESTAMP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- USERNAME$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDSEQ$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDSLT$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDUSN$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CONVBUFSZ clause (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CONVBUFSZ clause in VAR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- conventional path Export
-
- compared to direct path (Utilities)
- conventional path load (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- conventional path loading
-
- for master-detail relationships (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- master-detail flat files (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- conventional path loads
-
- behavior when discontinued (Utilities)
- compared to direct path loads (Utilities)
- concurrent (Utilities)
- of a single partition (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader bind array (Utilities)
- when to use (Utilities)
- Conventions
-
- description of, Preface (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Notation, Preface (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- conventions
-
- coding, Preface (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- example, Preface (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- for text in a module file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL naming (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- presenting data (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- conventions, notation (JPublisher User's Guide)
- conventions, Preface (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONVERGE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERGE procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- converging data (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- conversation sharing, see APPC conversation sharing
- conversion
-
- between character set ID number and character set name (Globalization Support Guide)
- explicit functions for PL/SQL (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- functions (SQL Language Reference)
- JMS messages, about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- message headers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- non-JMS messages, about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- rules, string to date (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- TIB/Rendezvous messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- WebSphere MQ messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- conversion functions, PL/SQL
-
- introduction, predefined conversion functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use for PL/SQL types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use with wrapper functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- conversion of character sets
-
- during Export/Import (Utilities)
- effect of character set sorting on (Utilities)
- conversion of data
-
- during direct path loads (Utilities)
- conversion of datatypes
-
- see datatype conversion
- conversion of input characters (Utilities)
- conversion, data types (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- conversion, implicit from CLOB to character type (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CONVERSION_FACTOR column
-
- in SDO_ANGLE_UNITS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- in SDO_AREA_UNITS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- in SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- conversions
-
- character set (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- datatype (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- from binary data to character set (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- implicit, between CLOB and VARCHAR2 (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- convert
-
- character string (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- datatypes
-
- DRDA to Oracle datatypes (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- DATE (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- floating point to integer (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- into most suitable datatype (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- SQL (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- to the numeric datatype (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CONVERT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- with tablespaces and datafiles (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CONVERT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Reference)
- CONVERT procedure (PL/SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- convert time zones (Globalization Support Guide)
- convert to cluster database
-
- administrative considerations (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- from non-cluster system (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- from single-instance (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- from single-instance to Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- post-conversion (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- reasons not to convert (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- to Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- CONVERT TO SNAPSHOT STANDBY clause on the ALTER DATABASE statement (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_DDL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_ROW function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_LCR_TO_XML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_LONG_TO_LOB_CHUNK member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_NADCON_TO_XML procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_NTV2_TO_XML procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_RAW_VALUE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_RAW_VALUE_NVARCHAR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_RAW_VALUE_ROWID procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- convert_standby_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_DIM_ARRAY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_GEOM function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_LAYER function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_DIM_ARRAY function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_GEOM function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_LAYER function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_UNIT function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_LCR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_NADCON procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_NTV2 procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- converted model
-
- correcting errors in (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- creating and customizing (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- converter, protocol (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- convertible data
-
- data dictionary (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting
-
- a logical standby database to a physical standby database
-
- aborting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- a physical standby database to a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- from single instance to Oracle Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- from single-instance to Real Application Clusters (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- geometric segments
-
- overview (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- subprograms for (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- ROWID data type (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- to CLOB (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- to DSINTERVAL (OLAP DML Reference)
- to Oracle Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- to YMINTERVAL (OLAP DML Reference)
- with rconfig (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- converting .ser profiles to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting character data
-
- CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting character data between character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting data
-
- program interface (Concepts)
- converting data types
-
- decimals to integers (OLAP DML Reference)
- introduction to (OLAP DML Reference)
- converting datatypes
-
- see datatype conversion
- converting images
-
- illustrated (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- converting rules applications (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- converting single-instance databases to Oracle RAC (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Converting to Oracle Datatypes (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CONVERTTOBLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERTTOCLOB Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- convex hull
-
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL aggregate function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL function (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- coordinate dimension
-
- ST_CoordDim method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- coordinate reference systems
-
- See coordinate systems
- coordinate systems (Spatial Developer's Guide)
-
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- data structures supplied by Oracle (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- example (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- local (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- subprogram reference information (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- unit of measurement support (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- user-defined (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- Coordinated Universal Time (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- coordinates
-
- Cartesian (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- geodetic (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- geographic (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- local (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- projected (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- COORDINATOR process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- LSP background process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COPIES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPIES option
-
- BACKUP command (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- COPY
-
- privilege
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- copy assembly (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- COPY command
- [entry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- and @ (at sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and ARRAYSIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and LONG variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- APPEND clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between databases (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between tables on one database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- destination table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining actions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining source rows and columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- error messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FROM clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- INSERT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting data in a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- interpreting messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mandatory connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming the source table with SELECT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle database to DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referring to another user's table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- replacing data in a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying columns for destination (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying the data to copy (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Copy icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- copy options (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- COPY privilege
-
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- copy procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- COPY Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- copy semantics (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
-
- internal LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- COPY SQL*Plus command (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
-
- substituted for INSERT, known restrictions (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- copy( ) method (Multimedia Reference)
- COPY_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- COPY_FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- COPY_POLICY procedure (Text Reference)
- COPY_TABLE_DEPENDENTS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_TABLE_STATS Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_TEMPLATE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- relationship to COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYDEFAULTTOKENTABLESET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPYDFN command (OLAP DML Reference)
- copyEvolve PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COPYEVOLVE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CopyForUpdate procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- copying
-
- all or part of a LOB to another LOB
-
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- control files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- LOB locator
-
- internal persistent LOBs (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- LOB locator for BFILE (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- copying data
-
- from Oracle database server to SQL Server (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL Server to Oracle database server (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- from the DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- from the Oracle database to DRDA server (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- INSERT statement (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- copying definitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- copying jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- COPYRESOURCE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPYTYPECHECK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copy-based schema evolution (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COR, see complex object retrieval
- coraenv and oraenv (Administrator's Guide)
- coraenv file (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CORBA, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- core database
-
- troubleshooting with Core Database Vault Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Core Database Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Core Database Vault Audit Trail Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- core files (Administrator's Guide)
- core functionality
-
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CORE, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CORE_DUMP_DEST initialization parameter (Reference)
- CORR function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CORR_K function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CORR_S function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- correlated commit, design considerations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- correlated subqueries (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CORRELATION function (OLAP DML Reference)
- correlation functions
-
- Kendall's tau-b (SQL Language Reference)
- Pearson's (SQL Language Reference)
- Spearman's rho (SQL Language Reference)
- correlation identifier
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- and transaction grouping (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- and Virtual Private Database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- as dequeue condition (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- as message property (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- as MessageSelector (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dequeuing by specifying (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- getting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- setting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- with queue table indexes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- correlation names
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
-
- for base tables of indexes (SQL Language Reference)
- in DELETE (SQL Language Reference)
- in SELECT (SQL Language Reference)
- inline views (Concepts)
- NEW (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- OLD (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- REFERENCING option and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- when preceded by a colon (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- corrupt blocks (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- recovering (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- RMAN and (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- corrupt datafile blocks
-
- maximum acceptable number (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- corruption
-
- repairing data block (Administrator's Guide)
- corruption detection
-
- using SET MAXCORRUPT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- corruption of package (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- corruptions
-
- prevention and detection of block corruption (High Availability Overview)
- COS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- COS SQL function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- COSH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- cosine calculation (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- cost
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
-
- getting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- getting for a path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- LINK_COST_COLUMN column in network metadata views (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- NODE_COST_COLUMN column in network metadata views (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- optimizer calculation (Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- setting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- cost benefit matrix (Data Mining Concepts)
- COST column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- cost matrix (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Concepts)
- cost model (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- COST parameters (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
-
- DYNAMIC_REGISTRATION_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- SECURE_CONTROL_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- SECURE_PROTOCOL_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- SECURE_REGISTER_listener_name (Net Services Reference)
- cost_matrix_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- costs (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- favoring IN-list iterators (Reference)
- hints (Administrator's Guide)
- using for distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimizations (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- procedures for plan stability (Performance Tuning Guide)
- upgrading to (Performance Tuning Guide)
- cost-based rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- cost-benefit matrix (Data Mining Concepts)
- couch, self-tipping (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- COUNT attribute of collection types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- COUNT function (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- COUNT method
-
- collections (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- counterexample (Data Mining Concepts)
- counting hits (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- COUNTRIES table (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- country codes (Installation Guide for Linux)
- coupling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- COURSES.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- COVAR_POP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- COVAR_SAMP function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- coventions
-
- description, Preface (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COVEREDBY
-
- SDO_COVEREDBY operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- topological relationship (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- COVERS
-
- SDO_COVERS operator (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- topological relationship (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- co-links (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- cp ASMCMD (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- CPI-C (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- creating profile in IBM Communications Server (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CPI-C profiles
-
- creating
-
- on HP-UX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating, on Solaris (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- CPOOL precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CPP_SUFFIX
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- CPP_SUFFIX precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CPP_SUFFIX precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CPU
-
- I/O wait (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- load (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- performance problems (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- utilization
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- CPU requirements for applications using Spatial (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CPU scheduling (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- cpu statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CPU time limit (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- CPU_COUNT initialization parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- CPU_PER_CALL parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- CPU_PER_SESSION parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Language Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Language Reference)
- CPU_PER_SESSION resource profile (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CPUs (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- utilization (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_DESCRIPTOR Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_DESCRIPTOR objects (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_QUERY Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_QUERY_ARRAY Object (Array) Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_REG_INFO Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_REG_INFO objects (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_ROW Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_ROW objects (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_TABLE Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION$_TABLE_ARRAY Object (Array) Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQ_NOTIFICATION_QUERYID Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CQN (Continuous Query Notification) (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CR_WORKSPACE_MODE system parameter (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- crash recovery
-
- overview (Concepts)
- crash recovery time
-
- bounding database (Concepts)
- crawler (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- classpath (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler agents (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawling process (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- data sources (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- read-only schedule configuration (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- remote crawler (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- settings (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- statistics (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- URL status codes (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler agent (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- API (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- functionality (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- sample agent files (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- setting up (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- smart agent (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- standard agent (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler agent API (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawling depth (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE
-
- with PROCEDURE statement (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Create
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CREATE ANY CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CONTEXT system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CUBE BUILD PROCESS system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CUBE DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY CUBE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIMENSION privilege (OLAP User's Guide)
- CREATE ANY DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIRECTORY (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY DIRECTORY system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY JOB privilege (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY JOB statement
-
- guidelines on managing privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY JOB system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW privilege (OLAP User's Guide)
- CREATE ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY MEASURE FOLDER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY MINING MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY MINING MODEL system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY OUTLINE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY SQL PROFILE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY TABLE statement (2 Day + Security Guide)
-
- non-administrative users (Security Guide)
- CREATE ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY TYPE privilege (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- See also privileges
- CREATE ANY TYPE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ANY VIEW system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Application Wizard
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- CREATE BIGFILE TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE BIGFILE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- Create Branch Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create Breadcrumb Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create Button Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE CATALOG command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CREATE clause
-
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- creating clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- for hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- HASH IS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- HASHKEYS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SIZE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- CREATE CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering PL/SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- supported by COPY (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CREATE CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE CONTEXT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Security Guide)
- example (Security Guide)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- checking for inconsistencies (Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- NORESETLOGS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle-managed files, using (Administrator's Guide)
- RESETLOGS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE CUBE BUILD PROCESS system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE CUBE DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE CUBE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- create database
-
- using scripts (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK command (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- ORA-29400 (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- Strict model (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE parameter (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CREATE DATABASE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- CONTROLFILE REUSE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT TEMPORARY TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- example of database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- MAXLOGFILES parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYS (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYSTEM (Administrator's Guide)
- setting time zone (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying FORCE LOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSAUX DATAFILE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- used to create an undo tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE statement, client/server configuration (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- CREATE DATAFILE AS clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE DATAFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE DATAFILE clause, ALTER DATABASE statement (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CREATE DBLINK statement (2 Day + Security Guide)
- CREATE DIMENSION
-
- system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE DIMENSION privilege (OLAP User's Guide)
- CREATE DIMENSION statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE DIRECTORY statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- for BFILEs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE DISKGROUP statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE EXTERNAL JOB privilege
- [entry #2] (Vault Administrator's Guide)
-
- default security setting, modified by (2 Day + Security Guide)
- scheduling job in grantee schema (Security Guide)
- CREATE EXTERNAL JOB system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create External Table Wizard (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE FLASHBACK ARCHIVE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE FUNCTION statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- aggregate function (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Create icon (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE IN privilege
-
- configuration worksheet (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE INDEX
-
- statement (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE INDEX statement
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Text Reference)
-
- CONTEXT (Text Reference)
- CTXCAT (Text Reference)
- CTXRULE (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH (Text Reference)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- failure (Text Reference)
- NOLOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- ON CLUSTER clause (Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL clause (Performance Tuning Guide)
- partition attributes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- partitioned indexes (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- temporary segments (Concepts)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- with a constraint (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE
-
- statement (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE JAVA statement (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE JOB privilege (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE JOB statement
-
- guidelines on managing privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE JOB system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Lookup Table (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW privilege (OLAP User's Guide)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- enabling query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE MEASURE FOLDER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE MINING MODEL (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE MINING MODEL system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Navigation Bar Entry Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE OPERATOR statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE OUTLINE statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY command (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE command (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE statement
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- locks (Concepts)
- Create Page Computation Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create Page Process Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- Create Page Wizard
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE PFILE
-
- FROM MEMORY clause (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CREATE PFILE FROM MEMORY command (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE PFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PROCEDURE command (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CREATE PROCEDURE statement
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #7] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- embedded (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PROFILE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- account locking period (Security Guide)
- failed login attempts (Security Guide)
- password aging and expiration (Security Guide)
- password management (Security Guide)
- passwords, example (Security Guide)
- CREATE PROFILE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK privilege (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
-
- binding the DRDA gateway package (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Region Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE RESTORE POINT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ROLE statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Security Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ROLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE SCHEMA statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- multiple tables and views (Administrator's Guide)
- securing (Security Guide)
- CREATE SCRIPT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- CACHE option (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- NOCACHE option (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Services Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CREATE SESSION privilege (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- CREATE SESSION role (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- CREATE SESSION statement (2 Day + Security Guide)
-
- CONNECT role privilege (Security Guide)
- securing (Security Guide)
- CREATE SESSION system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE SPFILE
-
- FROM MEMORY clause (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CREATE SPFILE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE statement (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Gateway for IMS User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Gateway for ODBC User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
-
- packages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- with FUNCTION (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE statements
-
- triggers on (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE SYNONYM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT
-
- rules of parallelism
-
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT (CTAS) statements
-
- applied on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- rules of parallelism
-
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE parameters for SecureFile (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE privilege (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE statement
- [entry #2] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- AS SELECT
-
- apply process (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- decision support systems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- space fragmentation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- temporary storage space (Data Warehousing Guide)
- AS SELECT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- AS SELECT vs. direct-path INSERT (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (2 Day + Security Guide)
- CACHE clause (Concepts)
- CLUSTER clause (Administrator's Guide)
- column object example (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- COMPRESS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- creating partitioned tables (VLDB and Partitioning Guide)
- creating temporary table (Administrator's Guide)
- enable or disable constraints (Concepts)
- example of (Administrator's Guide)
- FREELIST GROUPS clause (Reference)
- INCLUDING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables (Administrator's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- MONITORING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- object table example (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object table examples (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- ORGANIZATION EXTERNAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- OVERFLOW clause (Administrator's Guide)
- parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelizing (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTTHRESHOLD clause (Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- TABLESPACE clause, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- to create BFILE columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to create BLOB, CLOB columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- triggers (Concepts)
- XMLType storage as CLOB (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE syntax and notes (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TABLESPACE statement
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- BLOCKSIZE CLAUSE, using (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause, using (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TABLESPACE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE statement (Concepts)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
-
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, example (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TRIGGER statement
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- compiled and stored (Concepts)
- locks (Concepts)
- object table example (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- REFERENCING option (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TYPE
-
- syntax (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TYPE BODY statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TYPE privilege (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
-
- See also privileges
- CREATE TYPE statement
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- collection types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- dependent types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- example (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- nested tables (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- OID clause (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- varrays (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TYPE system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE TYPE with OID statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE statement
-
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-Managed files, example (Administrator's Guide)
- using to create an undo tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement
-
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE USER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- explicit account locking (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Security Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- passwords, expiring (Security Guide)
- temporary segments (Concepts)
- user profile (Security Guide)
- CREATE USER system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Validations Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- CREATE VIEW statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- OR REPLACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- WITH CHECK OPTION (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE VIEW system privilege (SQL Language Reference)
- Create Workspace Wizard (Application Express User's Guide)
- create() method
-
- for ORADataFactory interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE_ACL Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_AGENT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ALTER_TYPE_ERROR_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ANALYSIS_TASK Functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_APPLY procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Rules Manager and Expression Filter Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_BASELINE Function & Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BASELINE_TEMPLATE Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BIN_CAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BIN_NUM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BITMAP_AREA_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
- CREATE_CALL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CAPTURE procedure
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- capture process
-
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CATEGORY function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CLIP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_COMPARISON Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_COMPARISON procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_COMPARTMENT procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_CONCATENATED_OP procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_CONDITIONS_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CONSUMER_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_DAD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_datafile_clause (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE_DIAGNOSIS_TASK Functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EDGE_INDEX procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_EDIT_TABLES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ENTAILMENT procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_ERROR_LOG Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EVENT_STRUCT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EXPFIL_INDEXES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_extended_statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CREATE_EXTENDED_STATS Function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_FACE_INDEX procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_FEATURE function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_FILE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_FILE_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_GROUP procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_INDEX_COST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET procedure (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INSTANCE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_INTERFACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_JOB Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_LABEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_LEVEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_LINK_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LOGICAL_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LRS_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_LRS_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_CAT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_CAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_NUM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_NUM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MODEL (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_MODEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure for TIB/Rendezvous (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure for WebSphere MQ (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_mv_refresh (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create_nested_table_type (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE_NODE_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_NORM_LIN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT_DEPENDENCY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT_FROM_EXISTING function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create_object_type (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE_OBVIOUS_EPSG_RULES procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_OR_REPLACE_VIEW procedure
-
- of DBMS_HS_PARALLEL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OUTLINE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PARTITION_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PATH_LINK_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PATH_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PC procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PENDING_AREA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PHRASE procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PIPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PLAN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PLAN_DIRECTIVE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PREF_CONCATENATED_OP procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PROPAGATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE_REF_CONSTRAINTS procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_RULE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE_RULE_CLASS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_RULE_SET procedure (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE_RULEBASE procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_RULES_INDEX procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SCHEDULE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_SDO_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_SEM_MODEL procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SEM_NETWORK procedure (Semantic Technologies Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SERVICE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SERVICE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_SERVICE PL/SQL package (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CREATE_SHADOW_INDEX (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SIMPLE_PLAN procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_SNAPSHOT function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SQLSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SQLWKLD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STAT_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STGTAB_BASELINE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STGTAB_SQLPATCH Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STGTAB_SQLPROF Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STGTAB_SQSET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STOPLIST procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CREATE_SUBPATH_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_SYNC_CAPTURE procedure
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- synchronous capture
-
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TABLE_COST procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TABLE_TEMPLAGE procedure
-
- of DBMS_HS_PARALLEL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TASK Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_PARM function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS function (Text Reference)
- CREATE_TIN procedure (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TOPO_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TOPOLOGY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_TRANSFORMATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TRANSLATION procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_TUNING_TASK functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_USER_PARM_VALUE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create_varray_type (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CREATE_VERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_VIEW procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_WORKSPACE privilege (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_WRAPPED function
-
- obfuscation (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CREATE_WRAPPED Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Create/Edit Employee form (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- CREATEATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createAttribute() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createAttributeNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createBlank function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CREATECDATASECTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createCDATASection() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATECOMMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createComment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createConnection() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CreateCustomDynaset method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CREATEDATASTOREPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEDATEINDEX Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createDescriptor() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createDICOMImage( ) for BFILEs procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDICOMImage( ) for BLOBs procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDICOMImage( ) for ORDImage procedure (Multimedia DICOM Developer's Guide)
- createDMLTrigger procedure (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CREATEDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createDocumentFragment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createDocumentType() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createDOMParser() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createElementNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEENTITYREFERENCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createEntityReference() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEFILTERPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEFOLDER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEIN privilege
-
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- CREATEIN privilege, DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATEINDEX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATELEXERPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createListSource method
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- createMessage() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createNodeIterator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATENONSCHEMABASEDXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATENUMBERINDEX Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateObject
-
- PL/SQL API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CREATEOIDPATH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createParameterizedSource method
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CREATEPREFERENCES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createProcessingInstruction() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createRangeSource method, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CREATEREPOSITORYXMLINDEX Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATERESOURCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateSavepoint procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- createSAXParser() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATESCHEMABASEDXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createSchemaValidator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATESECTIONGROUPPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createSource method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CreateSQL method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- createSQLCursorManager method (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- createStatement() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createStatement() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATESTOPLISTPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATESTORAGEPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATETAB authority (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [entry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATETAB privilege
-
- DB2/OS390 (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- createTemplate function (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CREATETEMPORARY Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createTemporary() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATETEXTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createTextNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createTreeWalker() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEURI function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateWorkspace procedure (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- CREATEWORLDLISTPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createXML() XMLType method (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- createXMLTableIndex method (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- createXPathCompiler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXPathCompProcessor() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXPathProcessor() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXPointerProcessor() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXslCompiler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXslExtendedTransformer() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXslTransformer() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Creating
-
- transaction log table (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating
-
- .NET stored procedure sor functions (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- with the Add Standby Database wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- a database
-
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- a database link (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- a schedule (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- a schedule interval string (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- an instance of the data source object (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- anyco_ui.inc application user interface (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- applications (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- AQ agents (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- AQjms agent (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- breadcrumbs (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- chains (Administrator's Guide)
- collections (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- columns (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- control centers (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- control files (Administrator's Guide)
- cubes (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data auditors (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data profiles (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- data rules (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- database link (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- database users (Warehouse Builder Installation and Administration Guide)
- database using Automatic Storage Management (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- dimensional objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- dimensions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- directory for application files (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- disk group (Storage Administrator's Guide)
- display sets (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- DurableSubscriber (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- dynaset from OraCollection (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- end users (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- event schedule (Administrator's Guide)
- event-based job (Administrator's Guide)
- function, demo (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- functions (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- geometric segments
-
- subprograms for (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- incident package (Utilities)
- indexes (2 Day DBA)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- after inserting table data (Administrator's Guide)
- associated with integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- online (Administrator's Guide)
- USING INDEX clause (Administrator's Guide)
- indexes on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- items (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- JMS AdtMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS BytesMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS Connection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS MapMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS Message (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS ObjectMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS StreamMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- JMS TextMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- job classes (Administrator's Guide)
- jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- links (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- locations (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- mappings (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway administration user (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway agent user (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- Messaging Gateway propagation subscriber (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- mode profiles, on AIX (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- new product installation directory (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- nonpersistent queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters database
-
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- packages (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PHP files (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL types (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- pluggable mappings (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- point-to-point queue in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- procedures (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- process flows (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- programs (Administrator's Guide)
- propagations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- public database link (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- public_html (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- publish/subscribe Topic in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queue tables (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- QueueBrowser (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- QueueConnection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- QueueReceiver (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- QueueSender (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- QueueSession (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- regions (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- relational data objects (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- savepoints (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- Scheduler windows (Administrator's Guide)
- schedules (Administrator's Guide)
- sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter files (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- services (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SNAPlus2 definitions (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- SNAPlus2 profiles (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- stored procedures (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- subscribers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- table (2 Day DBA)
- tables
-
- manually, before import (Utilities)
- the administrative user (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- TIB/Rendezvous link (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- time dimensions (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- TopicConnection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- TopicPublisher (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- TopicSession (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- traditional initialization parameter file
-
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transformations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- user (2 Day DBA)
- user accounts (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- VARRAY collection type (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- WebSphere MQ base Java link (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- WebSphere MQ JMS link (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide)
- window groups (Administrator's Guide)
- workspaces (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Workspace Manager Developer's Guide)
- creating a database
-
- overview (2 Day DBA)
- steps (2 Day DBA)
- using standalone DBCA (2 Day DBA)
- creating a database with Unicode datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- creating a new cluster
-
- using cloning (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- creating a PLAN_TABLE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating a service request
-
- service requests
-
- creating (2 Day DBA)
- creating a TIP
-
- (detailed) (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- overview (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for APPC User's Guide)
- creating a Unicode database (Globalization Support Guide)
- creating alias library (Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide)
- creating an index report (Text Reference)
- creating branches (2 Day + Application Express Developer's Guide)
- creating context handles
-
- getCtx (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- creating database links (Administrator's Guide)
-
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- connected user scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- current user scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- obtaining necessary privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- service names within link names (Administrator's Guide)
- shared (Administrator's Guide)
- shared connected user scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying types (Administrator's Guide)
- creating databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- backing up the new database (Administrator's Guide)
- default temporary tablespace, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- manually from a script (Administrator's Guide)
- overriding default tablespace type (Administrator's Guide)
- planning (Administrator's Guide)
- preparing to (Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites for (Administrator's Guide)
- problems encountered while (Administrator's Guide)
- setting default tablespace type (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying bigfile tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- upgrading to a new release (Administrator's Guide)
- using Database Configuration Assistant (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- with locally managed tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- creating datafiles (Administrator's Guide)
- creating devices
-
- on Linux systems (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating flat files (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating IBM communications server definitions for the gateway
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- Creating Index Metadata (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating indexes
-
- examples of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for clusters (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- for tables (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- privileges needed for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- temporary table space for (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- with SQL*Loader (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- creating local LUs
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating object types (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- creating packages (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- creating partner LUs
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating peer connections
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating PLUSTRACE role (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating sample tables, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- Creating Statistics Table (PowerCartUserStats) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- creating subprograms (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- creating synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- creating temporary LOB (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- creating the configuration
-
- on Linux systems (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating the CPI-C side information profile
-
- on Linux (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating the node
-
- on Linux systems (Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), and Linux x86)
- creating the PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating VARRAYs
-
- containing references to LOBs (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- creating views (Administrator's Guide)
- creating, savepoints (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- creation
-
- analytic workspaces (OLAP User's Guide)
- credentials
-
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- granting privileges on (Administrator's Guide)
- credentials, for remote external jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- critical errors
-
- diagnosing (Administrator's Guide)
- CRL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRLAdmins directory administrative group (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRLs
-
- disabling on server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- where to store them (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cross joins (SQL Language Reference)
- cross site-scripting
-
- about (Application Express User's Guide)
- dynamic output (Application Express User's Guide)
- form items (Application Express User's Guide)
- HTML region (Application Express User's Guide)
- report regions (Application Express User's Guide)
- static display areas (Application Express User's Guide)
- CROSSCHECK command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- crosscheck operations
-
- configuring channels during (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crosschecking on multiple nodes
-
- RMAN backups (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crosschecking, RMAN (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
-
- definition (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- recovery catalog with the media manager (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- crosstab view
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- navigating Cursor for, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- cross-node registration (Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX)
- cross-platform transportable tablespace (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cross-schema considerations
-
- topology editing (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- topology usage (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models Developer's Guide)
- cross-schema index creation (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- cross-schema support with GeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- cross-session PL/SQL function result cache (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CRS
-
- See Cluster Ready Services
- CRS commands (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- crs_getperm command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_profile command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_register command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- permission required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_relocate command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- permission required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_setperm command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_start command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- permission required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_stat command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- security and permissions (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_stop command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- permission required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_unregister command (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- permission required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- removing the listener resource (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- the listener (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- overview (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- permissions required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- syntax (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- write permissions required (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS home (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- cloning to another node in the cluster (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cloning to create a new cluster (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS resources
-
- management of (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS_home
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- choosing (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- CRS_home/root.sh script
-
- cloning (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS_NOTIFICATION_listener_name control parameter (Net Services Reference)
- crs_postman script (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- check_interval attribute (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- optional_resources parameter (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- required_resources parameter (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_register command
-
- register applications in the OCR (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRSCTL
-
- See Cluster Ready Services Control
- crsctl
-
- checking the Oracle Clusterware status (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using to add and remove voting disks (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- using to start Oracle Clusterware processes (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- using to stop Oracle Clusterware processes (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- using to troubleshoot Oracle Clusterware issues (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- crsctl commands
-
- component parameter (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- debug log (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- debugging_level parameter (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- disabling Oracle Clusterware daemons (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- enabling Oracle Clusterware (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- lsmodules (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- module_name parameter (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- overview (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- startup and shutdown (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crsd background process
-
- alert messages (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- log files (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- purpose (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cruser program
-
- Windows systems (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cryptographic hardware devices (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CS_SRS table (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CSALTER script (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- checking phase (Globalization Support Guide)
- running (Globalization Support Guide)
- updating phase (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSCN$
-
- control column (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CSD
-
- download location for WebSphere MQ (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirements
-
- on Linux (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux)
- csh.login file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- csh.login.local file (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CSID parameter
-
- setting OCILobRead and OCILobWrite to OCI_UCS2ID (SecureFiles and Large Objects Developer's Guide)
- CSM$COLUMNS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$ERRORS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$TABLES table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMIG user (Globalization Support Guide)
- csminst.sql script
-
- running (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$COLUMNS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$CONSTRAINTS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$ERROR view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$INDEXES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$TABLES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSS
- [entry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- list of components (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- log files (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- OCCSD (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- see Cluster Synchronization Services
- CSS classes
-
- SVG charts (Application Express User's Guide)
- CSS Finder (Application Express User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Application Express User's Guide)
- CSS Repository (Application Express User's Guide)
- cssd log files
-
- location (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CTIMEOUT precompiler option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Ctx Datatypes (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
- encoding (XML C++ API Reference)
- encodings (XML C++ API Reference)
- Ctx package for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- CTX_ADM package
-
- MARK_FAILED (Text Reference)
- RECOVER (Text Reference)
- SET_PARAMETER (Text Reference)
- CTX_ADM package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_ADM.MARK_FAILED (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLASSES view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLS
-
- CLUSTERING (Text Reference)
- TRAIN (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_CLS.TRAIN procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DDL package
-
- ADD_ATTR_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_FIELD_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_MDATA (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- ADD_MDATA_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_SDATA_COLUMN (Text Reference)
- ADD_SDATA_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_SPECIAL_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOP_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPCLASS (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPTHEME (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPWORD (Text Reference)
- ADD_SUB_LEXER (Text Reference)
- ADD_ZONE_SECTION (Text Reference)
- COPY_POLICY (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE (Text Reference)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP (Text Reference)
- CREATE_STOPLIST (Text Reference)
- DROP_POLICY (Text Reference)
- DROP_PREFERENCE (Text Reference)
- DROP_STOPLIST (Text Reference)
- OPTIMIZE_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_MDATA (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SECTION (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPCLASS (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPTHEME (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPWORD (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SUB_LEXER (Text Reference)
- REPLACE_INDEX_METADATA (Text Reference)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE (Text Reference)
- SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- UNSET_ATTRIBUTE (Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_DDL.ADD_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL.SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DOC package (Text Reference)
-
- FILTER (Text Reference)
- GIST (Text Reference)
- HIGHLIGHT (Text Reference)
- IFILTER (Text Reference)
- MARKUP (Text Reference)
- PKENCODE (Text Reference)
- POLICY_FILTER (Text Reference)
- POLICY_GIST (Text Reference)
- POLICY_HIGHLIGHT (Text Reference)
- POLICY_MARKUP (Text Reference)
- POLICY_SNIPPET (Text Reference)
- POLICY_THEMES (Text Reference)
- POLICY_TOKENS (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- SET_KEY_TYPE (Text Reference)
- SNIPPET (Text Reference)
- THEMES (Text Reference)
- TOKENS (Text Reference)
- CTX_DOC package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_DOC_KEY_TYPE system parameter (Text Reference)
- CTX_DOC.POLICY_SNIPPET procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DOC.SNIPPET procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_FEEDBACK_ITEM_TYPE type (Text Reference)
- CTX_FEEDBACK_TYPE type (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_ERRORS view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view
-
- views
-
- CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_LOV view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT package (Text Reference)
-
- ADD_EVENT (Text Reference)
- ADD_TRACE (Text Reference)
- DISABLE_QUERY_STATS (Text Reference)
- ENABLE_QUERY_STATS (Text Reference)
- END_LOG (Text Reference)
- GET_TRACE_VALUE (Text Reference)
- LOG_TRACES (Text Reference)
- LOGFILENAME (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_EVENT (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_TRACE (Text Reference)
- RESET_TRACE (Text Reference)
- START_LOG (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.END_QUERY_LOG (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_OUTPUT.START_QUERY_LOG (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_PARAMETERS view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_PENDING view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_PREFERENCE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_PREFERENCES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_QUERY package
-
- BROWSE_WORDS (Text Reference)
- EXPLAIN (Text Reference)
- HFEEDBACK (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SQE (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- STORE_SQE (Text Reference)
- CTX_QUERY package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_QUERY.disable_transactional_query session variable (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT output format (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT package (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT (Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_INDEX (Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_POLICY (Text Reference)
- function versions of procedures (Text Reference)
- INDEX_SIZE (Text Reference)
- INDEX_STATS (Text Reference)
- QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY (Text Reference)
- TOKEN_INFO (Text Reference)
- TOKEN_TYPE (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_REPORT_QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT_TOKEN_TYPE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.DESCRIBE_INDEX (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.DESCRIBE_POLICY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.INDEX_SIZE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.INDEX_STATS (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.TOKEN_INFO (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_SECTION_GROUPS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SECTIONS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SQES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_STOPLISTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_STOPWORDS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES package
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ALTER_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- ALTER_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- BT (Text Reference)
- BTG (Text Reference)
- BTI (Text Reference)
- BTP (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION (Text Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- DROP_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- DROP_RELATION (Text Reference)
- DROP_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- NT (Text Reference)
- NTG (Text Reference)
- NTI (Text Reference)
- NTP (Text Reference)
- OUTPUT_STYLE (Text Reference)
- PT (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- RT (Text Reference)
- SN (Text Reference)
- SYN (Text Reference)
- THES_TT (Text Reference)
- TR (Text Reference)
- TRSYN (Text Reference)
- TT (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_THES.CREATE_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.DROP_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.UPDATE_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THESAURI view (Text Reference)
- CTX_TRACE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_ULEXER package (Text Reference)
- CTX_ULEXER package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_ERRORS view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SETS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PENDING view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PREFERENCE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PREFERENCES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SECTION_GROUPS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SECTIONS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SQES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_STOPLISTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_STOPWORDS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_THES_PHRASES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_THESAURI view (Text Reference)
- CTX_VERSION view (Text Reference)
- CTXAPP role (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXCAT grammar (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXCAT index
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- about performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- automatic synchronization (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supported preferences (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- unsupported preferences (Text Reference)
- ctxkbtc
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ctxkbtc complier (Text Reference)
- ctxlc (lexical compiler) (Text Reference)
- ctxload
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- examples (Text Reference)
- import file structure (Text Reference)
- load thesaurus example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXRULE index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- allowable queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and Asian languages (Text Reference)
- and multilingual support (Text Reference)
- and USER_LEXER (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- lexer types (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- limitations (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- parameters (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CTXRULE Index Limitations (Text Reference)
- CTXSYS user (2 Day + Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CTXSYS.AUTO_FILTER system preference (Text Reference)
- CTXSYS.DRVODM (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXSYS.INSO_FILTER system preference (deprecated) (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH indextype
-
- creating (Text Reference)
- CUBE clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- of SELECT statements (SQL Language Reference)
- partial (Data Warehousing Guide)
- when to use (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CUBE function (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- cube maintenance (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cube materialized views (OLAP User's Guide)
-
- creating (OLAP User's Guide)
- optimizing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CUBE SCAN (OLAP User's Guide)
- cube scripts (OLAP User's Guide)
- cube security (OLAP User's Guide)
- cube views (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- CUBE_BUILD_LOG table (OLAP User's Guide)
- CUBE_TABLE function (SQL Language Reference)
- CubeDimensionalityMap objects
-
- creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CubeMap objects
-
- creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- cubes (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
-
- creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- default aggregation method (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defined (OLAP User's Guide)
- definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- description (OLAP User's Guide)
- dimensionality (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- example (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- extracting data (SQL Language Reference)
- hierarchical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- mapping (OLAP User's Guide)
- materialized views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- measures (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- MOLAP implementation (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- optimizer statistics (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- relational implementation (2 Day + Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- requirements for materialized views (OLAP User's Guide)
- ROLAP implementation (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- solve dependency order (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- CUBIC resampling method (Spatial GeoRaster Developer's Guide)
- CUME_DIST (aggregate) function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CUME_DIST (analytic) function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CUME_DIST function (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- CUMSUM function (OLAP DML Reference)
- cumulative calculations (OLAP User's Guide)
- cumulative distributions (SQL Language Reference)
- cumulative incremental backups (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery User's Guide)
- cumulative totals (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- currencies
-
- formats (Globalization Support Guide)
- Currency
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- currency (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- group separators (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- international currency symbol (Reference)
- currency symbol
-
- ISO (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- local (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- union (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- current
-
- analytic workspace (OLAP DML Reference)
- current blocks (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- current date and time, displaying (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- current directory (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- changing (OLAP DML Reference)
- identifying (OLAP DML Reference)
- current mode
-
- TKPROF (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CURRENT OF clause
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- mimicking with ROWID (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- with UPDATE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CURRENT of cluase (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- mimicking with ROWID (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of embedded SQL DELETE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of embedded SQL UPDATE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- current outfile (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- current position in a Cursor, definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- current release
-
- upgrading spatial data to (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- current row
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using FETCH to retrieve (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- current status list
-
- setting (OLAP DML Reference)
- current user
-
- definer's rights subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- invoker's rights subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- current user database links
-
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- cannot access in shared schema (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- schema independence (Administrator's Guide)
- CURRENT_DATE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRENT_DATE SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- CURRENT_INSTANCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CURRENT_SCHEMA session parameter (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- CURRENT_USER clause
-
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRVAL
-
- pseudocolumn (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CURRVAL pseudocolumn (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Language Reference)
- CURRVAL pseudo-column (Administrator's Guide)
-
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- CURRVAL psuedocolumn (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- allocating (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- association with query (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- child (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- closing (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- declaration of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- defining the number of (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- effects on performance (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- explicit versus implicit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- name of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- namespace for (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- number of cursors, DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- opening (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parent (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- reopening (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restricted scope of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- stability, DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit), HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit), Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit), Linux x86, and Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for DRDA User's Guide)
- syntax of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- using for multiple row query (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in queries (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor attributes
-
- %BULK_EXCEPTIONS (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- %BULK_ROWCOUNT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- %FOUND (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- %ISOPEN (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- %NOTFOUND (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- %ROWCOUNT (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- DBMS_SQL package and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- implicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- native dynamic SQL and (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- values after OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor cache
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- gathering stastics about (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- gathering statistics about (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- cursor cancellation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cursor chache
-
- purpose (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor control statements
-
- example of typical sequence (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- cursor declarations
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CURSOR expression (Object-Relational Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- CURSOR expressions (SQL Language Reference)
- cursor expressions
-
- examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- REF CURSORs (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor FOR loops
-
- passing parameters to (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- Cursor loops
-
- restrictions (Gateway for Informix User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Gateway for SQL Server User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Gateway for Sybase User's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Gateway for Teradata User's Guide)
- cursor loops, restrictions (Gateway for Adabas User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Gateway for VSAM User's Guide)
- Cursor objects
-
- created in the current Transaction (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- creating, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- current position, definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CursorManager objects for creating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- extent calculation, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- extent definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- faster and slower varying components (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- fetch size definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- getting children of, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- getting the values of, examples (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parent starting and ending position (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- position (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- Source objects for which you cannot create (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- span, definition (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- specifying fetch size for a table view, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- specifying the behavior of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- starting and ending positions of a value, example of calculating (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- structure (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- cursor operations
-
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- Cursor Stability (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- cursor subqueries
-
- using (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CURSOR syntax (nested tables) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cursor varaible
-
- opening (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor variable
-
- closing (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- fetching from (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor variable parameters (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variables
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #11] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- advantages (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- advantages of (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- allocating (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- as parameters to table functions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- avoiding errors with (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- closing (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- defining (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- examples of (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- fetching from (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- heap memory usage (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- links to examples (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- must use late binding (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- not available for Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- opening (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- anonymous block (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- opening in a standalone stored procedure (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- passing as parameters (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- reducing network traffic (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- REF CURSOR (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- restrictions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- return types (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- scope (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- using (2 Day + Java Developer's Guide)
- using as a host variable (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cursor variables, restrictions on (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor, scope (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN exception (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- CURSOR_NUM column
-
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CURSOR_SHARING
-
- setting to FORCE to enable XPath rewrite (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CURSOR_SHARING initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
- CURSOR_SHARING_EXACT hint (SQL Language Reference)
- CURSOR_SPACE_FOR_TIME initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- setting (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning Oracle Database (Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX)
- CursorInfoSpecification interface (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CursorManager class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CursorManager objects
-
- closing before rolling back a Transaction (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- creating, example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- updating the CursorManagerSpecification (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CursorName
-
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CursorPrintWriter.java (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- cursors
- [entry #2] (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP User's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- accessing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- advantages of using cursor variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- allocating (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- allocating a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- analogy for (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- and closing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- and SQL areas (Concepts)
- association with queries (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- association with query (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- attributes of explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- attributes of implicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- cached (SQL Language Reference)
- canceling (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- closing (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- closing (SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- closing explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- creating (Concepts)
- DBMS_SQL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- effects on performance (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- explicit FOR loops (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- explicit versus implicit (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- expressions (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- fetching from (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- fetching rows from (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- for multirow queries (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- guidelines for implicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- how handling affects performance (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- implicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- importing (SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- maximum number for session (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- maximum number of (Concepts)
- movement through active set (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- object dependencies and (Concepts)
- OPEN_CURSORS initialization parameter (Reference)
- opening (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- opening explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- packaged (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- parameterized (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- pointers to (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- private SQL areas and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- recursive (Concepts)
- recursive SQL and (Concepts)
- REF CURSOR variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- reopening (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- reparsing, for application contexts (Security Guide)
- restricted scope of (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on declaring (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- RETURN clause (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- rules for naming (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- scope (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- scope rules for explicit (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- scrollable (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- scrollable cursors (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- see also cursor variables
- shared pool (Reference)
- shared, used with Virtual Private Database (Security Guide)
- sharing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- statements for manipulating (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures and (Concepts)
- SYS_REFCURSOR type (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- types of (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- using for multirow queries (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Pro*C/C++ Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- variables (PL/SQL Language Reference)
- when closed automatically (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- with Oracle XA applications (Advanced Application Developer's Guide)
- CursorSpecification class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CursorSpecification objects
-
- getting from a CursorManagerSpecification, example (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CursorType
-
- tips for ADO programmers (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Custom
-
- disk space requirements (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- custom collection classes
-
- and JPublisher (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom connection manager (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- custom database
-
- failure groups for Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirements when using Automatic Storage Management (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- custom error objects
-
- interfaces supported (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- custom export delimiter
-
- preference for database connections (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- custom installation (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- Custom installation type (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
-
- reasons for choosing (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- custom Java classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- about custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creation by JPublisher (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- extending (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generation by JPublisher (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- mapping to alternative classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading and writing data (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- requirements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sample class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying member names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed, definition (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support for object methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using to serialize object (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- weakly typed, definition (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom measures (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- examples with OLAP_EXPRESSION (OLAP DML Reference)
- custom object classes
-
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom reference classes
-
- and JPublisher (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom rule-based transformations
-
- definition (2 Day + Data Replication and Integration Guide)
- custom transformations
-
- about (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- defining (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- editing (Warehouse Builder User's Guide)
- custom.rsp file (Client Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux)
- CustomDatum (deprecated) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CustomDatum Java storage format (SQL Language Reference)
- customization (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- converting .ser profiles to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creation and registration (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness connection options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness general options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness options overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining column types/sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining parameter sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- during translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error and status messages (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- force customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- jar file usage (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- more about customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options to invoke special customizers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview/syntax of customizer-specific options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- parameter default sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- related SQLJ options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- show SQL transformations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- statement cache size (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps in process (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- summary of Oracle features used (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- version compatibility (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customize package page, accessing (Administrator's Guide)
- customized repair (2 Day DBA)
- customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness
-
- connection options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoke special customizers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizers
-
- choosing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- option to choose customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing options through SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying default (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizing an incident package (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- customizing SQL Developer
-
- setting preferences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- customizing the Performance page (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- customizing time zone data (Globalization Support Guide)
- CustomModel class (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- CustomModel objects
-
- example of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- inputs of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- outputs of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- parent Model objects of (OLAP Java API Developer's Guide)
- cut operator (Multimedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (Multimedia Reference)
- cutoff_distance attribute
-
- of batch route request (Spatial Developer's Guide)
- CV function (SQL Language Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Language Reference)
- cv_types.et_employees() procedure (2 Day + PHP Developer's Guide)
- CVU
-
- overview and concepts (Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- See also Cluster Verification Utility (CVU)
- CVU. See Cluster Verification Utility
- cvuqdisk (Clusterware Installation Guide for Linux)
- CWADD6012|crs_register (Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CYCLE parameter
-
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Language Reference)
- cyclical dependencies
-
- XML schemas (XML DB Developer's Guide)